WO2020077494A1 - Intelligent photographing method and system, and related device - Google Patents

Intelligent photographing method and system, and related device Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2020077494A1
WO2020077494A1 PCT/CN2018/110247 CN2018110247W WO2020077494A1 WO 2020077494 A1 WO2020077494 A1 WO 2020077494A1 CN 2018110247 W CN2018110247 W CN 2018110247W WO 2020077494 A1 WO2020077494 A1 WO 2020077494A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal
shooting
user
score
data
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2018/110247
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
康凤霞
陈绍君
陈浩
周胜丰
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Priority to PCT/CN2018/110247 priority Critical patent/WO2020077494A1/en
Priority to EP18937192.5A priority patent/EP3846439A4/en
Priority to US17/284,906 priority patent/US11470246B2/en
Priority to CN201880098623.3A priority patent/CN112840635A/en
Publication of WO2020077494A1 publication Critical patent/WO2020077494A1/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06NCOMPUTING ARRANGEMENTS BASED ON SPECIFIC COMPUTATIONAL MODELS
    • G06N3/00Computing arrangements based on biological models
    • G06N3/02Neural networks
    • G06N3/08Learning methods
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06NCOMPUTING ARRANGEMENTS BASED ON SPECIFIC COMPUTATIONAL MODELS
    • G06N3/00Computing arrangements based on biological models
    • G06N3/02Neural networks
    • G06N3/04Architecture, e.g. interconnection topology
    • G06N3/045Combinations of networks
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06VIMAGE OR VIDEO RECOGNITION OR UNDERSTANDING
    • G06V10/00Arrangements for image or video recognition or understanding
    • G06V10/70Arrangements for image or video recognition or understanding using pattern recognition or machine learning
    • G06V10/764Arrangements for image or video recognition or understanding using pattern recognition or machine learning using classification, e.g. of video objects
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06VIMAGE OR VIDEO RECOGNITION OR UNDERSTANDING
    • G06V10/00Arrangements for image or video recognition or understanding
    • G06V10/70Arrangements for image or video recognition or understanding using pattern recognition or machine learning
    • G06V10/82Arrangements for image or video recognition or understanding using pattern recognition or machine learning using neural networks
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N23/00Cameras or camera modules comprising electronic image sensors; Control thereof
    • H04N23/60Control of cameras or camera modules
    • H04N23/61Control of cameras or camera modules based on recognised objects
    • H04N23/611Control of cameras or camera modules based on recognised objects where the recognised objects include parts of the human body
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N23/00Cameras or camera modules comprising electronic image sensors; Control thereof
    • H04N23/60Control of cameras or camera modules
    • H04N23/617Upgrading or updating of programs or applications for camera control
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N23/00Cameras or camera modules comprising electronic image sensors; Control thereof
    • H04N23/60Control of cameras or camera modules
    • H04N23/63Control of cameras or camera modules by using electronic viewfinders
    • H04N23/631Graphical user interfaces [GUI] specially adapted for controlling image capture or setting capture parameters
    • H04N23/632Graphical user interfaces [GUI] specially adapted for controlling image capture or setting capture parameters for displaying or modifying preview images prior to image capturing, e.g. variety of image resolutions or capturing parameters
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N23/00Cameras or camera modules comprising electronic image sensors; Control thereof
    • H04N23/60Control of cameras or camera modules
    • H04N23/63Control of cameras or camera modules by using electronic viewfinders
    • H04N23/633Control of cameras or camera modules by using electronic viewfinders for displaying additional information relating to control or operation of the camera
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N23/00Cameras or camera modules comprising electronic image sensors; Control thereof
    • H04N23/60Control of cameras or camera modules
    • H04N23/64Computer-aided capture of images, e.g. transfer from script file into camera, check of taken image quality, advice or proposal for image composition or decision on when to take image
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N23/00Cameras or camera modules comprising electronic image sensors; Control thereof
    • H04N23/60Control of cameras or camera modules
    • H04N23/667Camera operation mode switching, e.g. between still and video, sport and normal or high- and low-resolution modes
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04NPICTORIAL COMMUNICATION, e.g. TELEVISION
    • H04N23/00Cameras or camera modules comprising electronic image sensors; Control thereof
    • H04N23/80Camera processing pipelines; Components thereof
    • GPHYSICS
    • G06COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06VIMAGE OR VIDEO RECOGNITION OR UNDERSTANDING
    • G06V40/00Recognition of biometric, human-related or animal-related patterns in image or video data
    • G06V40/10Human or animal bodies, e.g. vehicle occupants or pedestrians; Body parts, e.g. hands
    • G06V40/16Human faces, e.g. facial parts, sketches or expressions
    • G06V40/161Detection; Localisation; Normalisation

Definitions

  • This application relates to the field of electronic technology, in particular to an intelligent photographing method, system and related device.
  • smart terminal devices have also been continuously developed. Using smart terminal devices to take pictures and record bits and pieces of life has become a way of life for people. Therefore, people take photos of smart terminal devices The picture effect of the photos is also getting more and more attention.
  • the smart terminal device analyzes the image object and the environment before the image format is formed, and then performs the corresponding beautification processing according to the analysis result, and then further forms the beautified image data into the picture format .
  • the processing of the picture data by the intelligent terminal device is aimed at all users, and cannot meet the personalized preferences and demands of different users for the photographing effect.
  • the present application provides an intelligent photographing method, system and related device, which provides a user with a photographing effect that matches the user's personal preferences and improves the user's experience.
  • the present application provides an intelligent photographing method, which includes: first, a terminal extracts one or more first tags in a user's general data; the general data is used to characterize the user's identity characteristics. Then, the terminal extracts one or more second tags in the user's shooting related data. Next, the shooting-related data is used to characterize the user's shooting preferences. Next, the terminal determines a third label based on the one or more first labels and the one or more second labels. Finally, the terminal adjusts the image quality of the image captured by the terminal according to the image quality effect parameter set corresponding to the third label.
  • the terminal extracting one or more first tags in the general data may specifically include: the terminal extracts one or more first tags corresponding to the general data according to the first mapping relationship Label; wherein, the first mapping relationship includes mapping of multiple sets of common data with multiple first labels.
  • the terminal can match the general data with the first mapping relationship to obtain the user's general feature label, that is, the first label, so that the terminal can quickly extract the user's general feature label.
  • the terminal extracts one or more first tags in the shooting related data, which may specifically include: First, the terminal extracts one or more first shooting related parameters from the shooting related data set. Then, the terminal inputs the one or more first shooting-related parameter sets into the first neural network model to obtain the one or more first score vector sets; wherein the first score vector set includes multiple fourth The first score of each tag. The first score is used to characterize the degree of matching between the first shooting-related parameter set and the fourth tag. Then, the terminal determines the one or more second tags from the plurality of fourth tags according to the first score vector set corresponding to each of the one or more first shooting related parameter sets. That is to say, the terminal can use the neural network model to extract the feature labels in the shooting related data, so that the terminal can use the self-learning ability of the neural network model to improve the accuracy of the terminal to extract the feature labels in the shooting related data .
  • the one or more second tags include a first set of score vectors corresponding to each of the one or more sets of first shooting-related parameters, and the first score is greater than a first threshold One or more fourth labels. That is to say, the terminal may determine one or more fourth tags with a fourth score greater than the first threshold as one or more second tags, because the size of the first score is used to indicate that the user and the second tag The matching degree of the four tags, the larger the first score, the higher the matching degree of the user's shooting related data and the fourth tag, so that the terminal can extract one or more second tags that match the characteristics of the user's shooting related data.
  • the one or more second tags include a first set of score vectors corresponding to each of the first shooting-related parameter sets, and one or more fourth tags with the highest first score. That is to say, the terminal extracts one or more fourth labels with the highest first score in each first score vector set of the user, and determines one or the second label above, so that the terminal can improve the extraction of a user Or the accuracy of multiple second labels.
  • the terminal displays a first interface, and the first interface includes multiple sample pictures. Each sample picture corresponds to a set of the second shooting related parameter set and a set of the second score vector set; the second shooting related parameter set is used to characterize the image quality of the sample picture, the second grouping
  • the vector set includes the first score of each of the plurality of fourth tags corresponding to the sample picture.
  • the terminal receives the user's first input operation of selecting one or more training pictures from the plurality of sample pictures.
  • the terminal may determine the second shooting-related parameter set and the second score vector set corresponding to the one or more training pictures as the sample data. That is to say, the terminal can train the first neural network model through the sample data corresponding to the sample image preselected by the user, so that the terminal can extract one or more second feature tags that meet the user's personalized shooting preferences.
  • the terminal can determine whether the number of sample pictures is less than the number of trainings. If so, the terminal takes one or more sets of the second shooting-related parameter set from the pre-stored training set database and The second set of score vectors is used as the sample data. That is to say, the terminal can use the pre-stored training set to train the first neural network when the number of sample images selected by the user is insufficient, which reduces the user's input operation and improves the user experience.
  • each first label and each second label jointly have an associated score.
  • the size of the association score is used to characterize the degree of association between the first label and the second label.
  • the method specifically includes: first, the terminal may determine the total association score of each second label according to the one or more first labels and the one or more second labels Where T i is the total relevance score of the i-th second label among the one or more second labels, L 1 is the weight of the one or more first labels, and L 2 is the one The weight of the second label or multiple labels, where W k is the association score corresponding to the k-th first label and the i-th second label of the one or more first labels, and R is the one Or the number of multiple first labels.
  • the terminal determines the third label according to the total association score of each second label, where the third label is the one with the highest total association score among the one or more second labels. That is to say, the terminal may set the weight value for the first label and the second label of the user, and set the corresponding degree of association value for each first label and each second label. In this way, the terminal can make the image quality adjustment parameters recommended by the terminal to the user more in line with the user's personalized preferences and improve the user experience.
  • the present application provides a terminal, including one or more processors and one or more memories.
  • the one or more memories are coupled to one or more processors.
  • the one or more memories are used to store computer program code.
  • the computer program codes include computer instructions.
  • the one or more processors execute the computer instructions, the communication device is executed.
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, including computer instructions, which, when the computer instructions run on an electronic device, cause a communication device to execute the smart photographing method in any possible implementation manner of any of the above aspects .
  • an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the smart photographing method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the above aspects.
  • FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 2 is a schematic diagram of a software architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 3 is a schematic diagram of a set of interfaces provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 4 is a schematic diagram of another group of interfaces provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic diagram of another group of interfaces provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 7 is a schematic structural diagram of an intelligent camera system provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a schematic flowchart of a user data preprocessing process provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of extracting features of a user ’s shooting related data provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 11 is a schematic flowchart of a feature label fusion provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 12 is a schematic flowchart of setting a parameter when a terminal takes a picture provided by an embodiment of the present application
  • FIG. 13 is a schematic structural diagram of a user database provided by an embodiment of this application.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of an intelligent photographing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
  • first and second are used for description purposes only and cannot be understood as implying or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of technical features indicated.
  • the features defined as “first” and “second” may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of the features.
  • the meaning of “plurality” is two or more.
  • FIG. 1 shows a schematic structural diagram of the terminal 100.
  • the terminal 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, and a battery 142 , Antenna 1, antenna 2, mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193 , A display screen 194, and a subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195, etc.
  • SIM subscriber identification module
  • the sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyro sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
  • the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention does not constitute a specific limitation on the terminal 100.
  • the terminal 100 may include more or less components than shown, or combine some components, or split some components, or arrange different components.
  • the illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more processing units.
  • the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processor (graphics processing unit, GPU), and an image signal processor. (image) signal processor (ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (DSP), baseband processor, and / or neural-network processing unit (NPU) Wait.
  • image image signal processor
  • ISP image signal processor
  • controller memory
  • video codec digital signal processor
  • DSP digital signal processor
  • NPU neural-network processing unit
  • different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
  • the controller may be the nerve center and command center of the terminal 100.
  • the controller can generate the operation control signal according to the instruction operation code and the timing signal to complete the control of fetching instructions and executing instructions.
  • the processor 110 may also be provided with a memory for storing instructions and data.
  • the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory.
  • the memory may store instructions or data that the processor 110 has just used or recycled. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. The repeated access is avoided, and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thereby improving the efficiency of the system.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces.
  • Interfaces can include integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit, sound, I2S) interface, pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation (PCM) interface, universal asynchronous transceiver (universal asynchronous) receiver / transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input / output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / Or universal serial bus (USB) interface, etc.
  • I2C integrated circuit
  • I2S integrated circuit built-in audio
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • PCM pulse code modulation
  • UART universal asynchronous transceiver
  • MIPI mobile industry processor interface
  • GPIO general-purpose input / output
  • SIM subscriber identity module
  • USB universal serial bus
  • the I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (serial data line, SDA) and a serial clock line (derail clock line, SCL).
  • the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled to the touch sensor 180K, the charger, the flash, the camera 193, etc. through different I2C bus interfaces.
  • the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K through the I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through the I2C bus interface to realize the touch function of the terminal 100.
  • the I2S interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses.
  • the processor 110 may be coupled to the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170.
  • the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the I2S interface, to realize the function of answering the phone call through the Bluetooth headset.
  • the PCM interface can also be used for audio communication, sampling, quantizing and encoding analog signals.
  • the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface.
  • the audio module 170 can also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface to realize the function of answering the call through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
  • the UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication.
  • the bus may be a bidirectional communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication.
  • the UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160.
  • the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to implement the Bluetooth function.
  • the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through the Bluetooth headset.
  • the MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 to peripheral devices such as the display screen 194 and the camera 193.
  • MIPI interface includes camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI) and so on.
  • the processor 110 and the camera 193 communicate through a CSI interface to implement the shooting function of the terminal 100.
  • the processor 110 and the display screen 194 communicate through a DSI interface to realize the display function of the terminal 100.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured via software.
  • the GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or a data signal.
  • the GPIO interface may be used to connect the processor 110 to the camera 193, the display screen 194, the wireless communication module 160, the audio module 170, the sensor module 180, and the like.
  • GPIO interface can also be configured as I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
  • the USB interface 130 is an interface that conforms to the USB standard, and may specifically be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, etc.
  • the USB interface 130 may be used to connect a charger to charge the terminal 100, or may be used to transfer data between the terminal 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through the headphones.
  • the interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
  • the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiments of the present invention is only a schematic description, and does not constitute a limitation on the structure of the terminal 100.
  • the terminal 100 may also use different interface connection methods in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection methods.
  • the charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger.
  • the charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger.
  • the charging management module 140 may receive the charging input of the wired charger through the USB interface 130.
  • the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the terminal 100. While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142, it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 141.
  • the power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110.
  • the power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and / or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the external memory, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160.
  • the power management module 141 can also be used to monitor battery capacity, battery cycle times, battery health status (leakage, impedance) and other parameters.
  • the power management module 141 may also be disposed in the processor 110.
  • the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be set in the same device.
  • the wireless communication function of the terminal 100 can be realized by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor, and the baseband processor.
  • Antenna 1 and antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals.
  • Each antenna in the terminal 100 may be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization.
  • the antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may provide a wireless communication solution including 2G / 3G / 4G / 5G and the like applied to the terminal 100.
  • the mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can receive the electromagnetic wave from the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic wave, and transmit it to the modem processor for demodulation.
  • the mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modulation and demodulation processor and convert it to electromagnetic wave radiation through the antenna 1.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110.
  • at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
  • the modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator.
  • the modulator is used to modulate the low-frequency baseband signal to be transmitted into a high-frequency signal.
  • the demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal.
  • the demodulator then transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing.
  • the low-frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor and then passed to the application processor.
  • the application processor outputs a sound signal through an audio device (not limited to a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, etc.), or displays an image or video through a display screen 194.
  • the modem processor may be an independent device.
  • the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110, and may be set in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
  • the wireless communication module 160 can provide wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), Bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), and global navigation satellite systems that are applied to the terminal 100. (global navigation system (GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication (NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions.
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • GNSS global navigation system
  • FM frequency modulation
  • NFC near field communication
  • IR infrared technology
  • the wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module.
  • the wireless communication module 160 receives the electromagnetic wave via the antenna 2, frequency-modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signal, and sends the processed signal to the processor 110.
  • the wireless communication module 160 may also receive the signal to be transmitted from the processor 110, frequency-modulate it, amplify it, and convert it to electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 to radiate it out.
  • the antenna 1 of the terminal 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the terminal 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology.
  • the wireless communication technology may include global mobile communication system (global system for mobile communications, GSM), general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), broadband Wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long-term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and / or IR technology, etc.
  • the GNSS may include a global positioning system (GPS), a global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), a beidou navigation system (BDS), and a quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system (QZSS) and / or satellite-based augmentation system (SBAS).
  • GPS global positioning system
  • GLONASS global navigation satellite system
  • BDS beidou navigation system
  • QZSS quasi-zenith satellite system
  • SBAS satellite-based augmentation system
  • the terminal 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, and an application processor.
  • the GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, connecting the display screen 194 and the application processor.
  • the GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations, and is used for graphics rendering.
  • the processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
  • the display screen 194 is used to display images, videos and the like.
  • the display screen 194 includes a display panel.
  • the display panel may use a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light-emitting diode or an active matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light) emitting diode, AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diode (QLED), etc.
  • the terminal 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the terminal 100 can realize a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
  • the ISP processes the data fed back by the camera 193. For example, when taking a picture, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the camera photosensitive element through the lens, the optical signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the camera photosensitive element transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye.
  • ISP can also optimize the algorithm of image noise, brightness and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be set in the camera 193.
  • the camera 193 is used to capture still images or videos.
  • the object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it onto the photosensitive element.
  • the photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (charge coupled device, CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor.
  • CCD charge coupled device
  • CMOS complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor
  • the photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal.
  • the ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing.
  • DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other image signals.
  • the terminal 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the digital signal processor is used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, it can also process other digital signals. For example, when the terminal 100 is selected at a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy at the frequency point.
  • Video codec is used to compress or decompress digital video.
  • the terminal 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the terminal 100 can play or record videos in multiple encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (moving picture experts, MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, and so on.
  • MPEG moving picture experts group
  • MPEG2 moving picture experts, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, and so on.
  • NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor.
  • NN neural-network
  • the NPU can realize applications such as intelligent recognition of the terminal 100, such as image recognition, face recognition, voice recognition, and text understanding.
  • the external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to achieve expansion of the storage capacity of the terminal 100.
  • the external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example, save music, video and other files in an external memory card.
  • the internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions.
  • the processor 110 executes instructions stored in the internal memory 121 to execute various functional applications and data processing of the terminal 100.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area.
  • the storage program area may store an operating system, at least one function required application programs (such as sound playback function, image playback function, etc.) and so on.
  • the storage data area may store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the terminal 100 and the like.
  • the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash memory (universal flash storage, UFS), and so on.
  • a non-volatile memory such as at least one disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash memory (universal flash storage, UFS), and so on.
  • the terminal 100 may implement audio functions through an audio module 170, a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, a microphone 170C, a headphone interface 170D, and an application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
  • the audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signal.
  • the audio module 170 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals.
  • the audio module 170 may be disposed in the processor 110, or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be disposed in the processor 110.
  • the speaker 170A also called “speaker” is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the terminal 100 may listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to a hands-free call.
  • the receiver 170B also known as "handset" is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals.
  • the terminal 100 answers a call or voice message, it can answer the voice by holding the receiver 170B close to the ear.
  • Microphone 170C also known as “microphone”, “microphone”, is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals.
  • the user can make a sound by approaching the microphone 170C through a person's mouth, and input a sound signal to the microphone 170C.
  • the terminal 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In other embodiments, the terminal 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C. In addition to collecting sound signals, it may also implement a noise reduction function. In other embodiments, the terminal 100 may also be provided with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and implement directional recording functions.
  • the headset interface 170D is used to connect wired headsets.
  • the earphone interface 170D may be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile electronic device (open mobile terminal) platform (OMTP) standard interface, the American Telecommunications Industry Association (cellular telecommunications industry association of the United States, CTIA) standard interface.
  • OMTP open mobile electronic device
  • CTIA cellular telecommunications industry association of the United States
  • touch operations that act on the same touch position but have different touch operation intensities may correspond to different operation instructions. For example, when a touch operation with a touch operation intensity less than the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to create a new short message is executed.
  • the gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the movement posture of the terminal 100.
  • the angular velocity of the terminal 100 around three axes ie, x, y, and z axes
  • the gyro sensor 180B can be used for shooting anti-shake.
  • the gyro sensor 180B detects the shaking angle of the terminal 100, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate based on the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shaking of the terminal 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake.
  • the gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
  • the air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure.
  • the terminal 100 calculates the altitude by using the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
  • the magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor.
  • the terminal 100 may detect the opening and closing of the flip holster using the magnetic sensor 180D.
  • the terminal 100 may detect the opening and closing of the clamshell according to the magnetic sensor 180D.
  • characteristics such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
  • the acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the terminal 100 in various directions (generally three axes). When the terminal 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to recognize the posture of electronic devices, and be used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching and pedometers.
  • the distance sensor 180F is used to measure the distance.
  • the terminal 100 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting scenes, the terminal 100 may use the distance sensor 180F to measure distance to achieve fast focusing.
  • the proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector, such as a photodiode.
  • the light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode.
  • the terminal 100 emits infrared light outward through the light emitting diode.
  • the terminal 100 uses a photodiode to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it may be determined that there is an object near the terminal 100. When insufficient reflected light is detected, the terminal 100 may determine that there is no object near the terminal 100.
  • the terminal 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user is holding the terminal 100 close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power.
  • the proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, pocket mode automatically unlocks and locks the screen.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense the brightness of ambient light.
  • the terminal 100 may adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived ambient light brightness.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures.
  • the ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the terminal 100 is in a pocket to prevent accidental touch.
  • the fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints.
  • the terminal 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to unlock the fingerprint, access the application lock, take a picture of the fingerprint, and answer the call with the fingerprint.
  • the temperature sensor 180J is used to detect the temperature.
  • the terminal 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to execute a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds a threshold value, the terminal 100 performs to reduce the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 180J in order to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection. In other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the terminal 100 heats the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the terminal 100 due to low temperature. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is below another threshold, the terminal 100 performs boosting on the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown due to low temperature.
  • Touch sensor 180K also known as "touch panel”.
  • the touch sensor 180K may be provided on the display screen 194, and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 constitute a touch screen, also called a "touch screen”.
  • the touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation acting on or near it.
  • the touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event.
  • the visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194.
  • the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the terminal 100, which is different from the location where the display screen 194 is located.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human body part.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the pulse of the human body and receive a blood pressure beating signal.
  • the bone conduction sensor 180M may also be provided in the earphone and combined into a bone conduction earphone.
  • the audio module 170 may parse out the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone block of the voice part acquired by the bone conduction sensor 180M to realize the voice function.
  • the application processor may analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beating signal acquired by the bone conduction sensor 180M to implement the heart rate detection function.
  • the key 190 includes a power-on key, a volume key, and the like.
  • the key 190 may be a mechanical key. It can also be a touch button.
  • the terminal 100 may receive key input and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the terminal 100.
  • the motor 191 may generate a vibration prompt.
  • the motor 191 can be used for vibration notification of incoming calls and can also be used for touch vibration feedback.
  • touch operations applied to different applications may correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • the motor 191 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects.
  • Different application scenarios for example: time reminder, receiving information, alarm clock, game, etc.
  • Touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
  • the indicator 192 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate a charging state, a power change, and may also be used to indicate a message, a missed call, a notification, and the like.
  • the SIM card interface 195 is used to connect a SIM card.
  • the SIM card can be inserted into or removed from the SIM card interface 195 to achieve contact and separation with the terminal 100.
  • the terminal 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM cards, Micro SIM cards, SIM cards, etc.
  • the same SIM card interface 195 can insert multiple cards at the same time. The types of the multiple cards may be the same or different.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards.
  • the SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with external memory cards.
  • the terminal 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to realize functions such as call and data communication.
  • the terminal 100 uses eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card.
  • the eSIM card can be embedded in the terminal 100 and cannot be separated from the terminal 100.
  • the software system of the terminal 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a micro-core architecture, a micro-service architecture, or a cloud architecture.
  • the embodiment of the present invention takes an Android system with a layered architecture as an example to exemplarily explain the software structure of the terminal 100.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram of the software structure of the terminal 100 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor.
  • the layers communicate with each other through a software interface.
  • the Android system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom are the application layer, the application framework layer, the Android runtime and the system library, and the kernel layer.
  • the application layer may include a series of application packages.
  • the application package may include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, and short message.
  • the application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface) and programming framework for applications at the application layer.
  • the application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
  • the application framework layer may include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a phone manager, a resource manager, a notification manager, and so on.
  • the window manager is used to manage window programs.
  • the window manager can obtain the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, intercept the screen, etc.
  • Content providers are used to store and retrieve data and make it accessible to applications.
  • the data may include videos, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone book, etc.
  • the view system includes visual controls, such as controls for displaying text and controls for displaying pictures.
  • the view system can be used to build applications.
  • the display interface can be composed of one or more views.
  • a display interface including an SMS notification icon may include a view that displays text and a view that displays pictures.
  • the phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the terminal 100. For example, the management of the call state (including connection, hang up, etc.).
  • the resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, and so on.
  • the notification manager enables applications to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and can disappear after a short stay without user interaction.
  • the notification manager is used to notify the completion of downloading, message reminders, etc.
  • the notification manager can also be a notification that appears in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of a chart or scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window.
  • the text message is displayed in the status bar, a prompt sound is emitted, the electronic device vibrates, and the indicator light flashes.
  • Android Runtime includes core library and virtual machine. Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
  • the core library contains two parts: one part is the function function that Java language needs to call, and the other part is the core library of Android.
  • the application layer and the application framework layer run in the virtual machine.
  • the virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer into binary files.
  • the virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object lifecycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
  • the system library may include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media library), 3D graphics processing library (for example: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (for example: SGL), etc.
  • surface manager surface manager
  • media library Media library
  • 3D graphics processing library for example: OpenGL ES
  • 2D graphics engine for example: SGL
  • the surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides the fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
  • the media library supports a variety of commonly used audio, video format playback and recording, and still image files.
  • the media library can support multiple audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
  • the 3D graphics processing library is used to realize 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, synthesis, and layer processing.
  • the 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
  • the kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software.
  • the kernel layer contains at least the display driver, camera driver, audio driver, and sensor driver.
  • the terminal may be the terminal 100 shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2 described above.
  • the terminal may receive user input and enable or disable the collection of user data required by the smart camera function in the embodiments of the present application.
  • 3a in FIG. 3 shows a setting interface 310 displayed on the touch screen of the terminal.
  • the setting interface 310 may include a system setting bar 311 and other setting bars (such as a sound setting bar, a notification center setting bar, an application management setting bar, a battery setting bar, a storage setting bar, a security and privacy setting bar, user and account settings) Column, etc.).
  • the terminal may receive a user input operation 312 (for example, click) to the system setting field 311, and in response to the input operation 312 (for example, click), the terminal may display the system setting interface 320 as shown in 3b in FIG. 3.
  • the system setting interface 320 may include a smart ability enhancement setting bar 321 and other setting bars (such as a phone setting bar, a system update setting bar, a system navigation setting bar, a language and input method setting bar , Date and time setting bar, easy mode setting bar, data migration setting bar, backup and recovery setting bar, reset setting bar, user experience improvement plan setting bar and certification logo setting bar, etc.).
  • the terminal may receive a user's input operation 322 (for example, click) to the smart ability enhancement setting field 321, and in response to the input operation 322 (for example, click), the terminal may display the smart ability enhancement setting as shown in 3c in FIG. 3 Interface 330.
  • the smart ability enhancement setting interface 330 may include a smart suggestion setting column 331 and other setting columns (for example, a function introduction and about of the smart ability enhancement).
  • the smart suggestion setting field 331 is associated with a smart suggestion setting control 332.
  • the smart suggestion setting control 332 is turned off, and the terminal closes the collection of user data on the terminal.
  • the terminal may receive a user's input operation 333 (for example, click) on the smart suggestion setting control 332, and in response to the input operation 333, the terminal may switch the smart suggestion setting control 332 from the closed state to the open state, and start the smart advice
  • the terminal may collect user data required by the smart camera function in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the user data includes general data and shooting related data.
  • the general data includes personal basic information, behavior habits, interests and hobbies that can include the user.
  • the shooting-related data may include the user's shooting preferences, browsing picture habits, and so on.
  • the terminal can preprocess the user data.
  • the preprocessed user data can be stored in the user's database, which can be local to the terminal or a remote server.
  • the terminal may pop up a user preference survey interface in the camera application.
  • the user preference survey interface includes one or more pictures, and the terminal may receive a user's selection operation on the picture in the user preference survey interface (for example, click on the picture), and respond to the user For the selection operation of the picture in the user preference survey interface (for example, clicking on the picture), the terminal may use the camera-related parameters corresponding to the picture selected by the user and the shooting feature label score vector set corresponding to the picture selected by the user.
  • FIG. 4 shows the main interface 410 displayed on the touch screen of the terminal.
  • the main interface 410 may include icons 411 of the camera application and icons of other applications (such as Alipay, notepad, music, WeChat, settings, dialing, information, contacts, etc.).
  • the terminal may receive a user's input operation 412 (for example, click) on the icon 411 of the camera application, and in response to the input operation 412, the terminal may turn on a camera (for example, a front camera or a rear camera) and display it on the touch screen
  • the camera shooting interface 420 shown in 4b in FIG. 4 is displayed.
  • the camera shooting interface 420 may include a camera capture display area 423, a camera setting button 421, a photograph button 425, and the like.
  • the camera capture display area 423 is used to display the screen captured by the camera (front camera or rear camera).
  • the terminal may receive a user's input operation 422 (eg, click) to the camera setting button 421, and in response to the input operation 422, the terminal may display the camera setting interface 430 as shown in 4c in FIG. 4.
  • the camera shooting interface 430 may include an intelligent auxiliary photograph setting bar 431 and other setting bars (such as a resolution setting bar, a geographic location setting bar, an automatic watermark setting bar, a voice control setting bar, a reference line Setting bar, glove mode setting bar, photo mute setting bar, timer photo setting bar, voice control camera setting bar, etc.).
  • the state of the intelligent auxiliary photographing setting field 431 is closed, that is, the terminal disables the intelligent photographing function provided by the embodiment of the present application when photographing.
  • the terminal may receive a user's input operation to the smart auxiliary photographing setting field 431, and in response to the user's input operation to the user assisting photographing setting field, the terminal may turn on the smart photographing function provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal may display The user preference survey interface 440 shown in 4d in FIG. 4.
  • the user preference survey interface 440 may include multiple groups (for example, 10 groups) of pictures, and each group of pictures may include multiple (for example, 4) pictures.
  • the content of the pictures in each group of pictures is the same, but the shooting related parameter sets P corresponding to different pictures in each group of pictures are different, and each picture corresponds to a shooting feature label (such as strong beauty, weak beauty, small freshness, Japanese Equal) score vector set S.
  • the shooting related parameter set P includes the shooting parameter set of the picture and the picture quality (PQ) effect parameter set of the picture.
  • the shooting parameter set can be ⁇ a1, a2, a3, ... ⁇ .
  • the PQ effect parameters can be ⁇ b1, b2, b3, ... ⁇ .
  • the shooting parameter set may be ⁇ white balance (a1), ISO (a2), exposure compensation (a3), shutter speed (a4), focus mode (a5), metering mode (a6), brightness (a7) , Saturation (a8), contrast (a9), sharpness (a10), ... ⁇ .
  • the PQ effect parameter set can be used for the terminal to adjust the PQ effect of the picture, for example, contrast adjustment, brightness adjustment, color saturation adjustment, hue adjustment, sharpness adjustment (such as digital noise reduction (DNR) adjustment), Image quality adjustments such as color edge enhancement (chroma TI, CTI) adjustments.
  • DNR digital noise reduction
  • chroma TI color edge enhancement
  • the shooting feature label score vector set S may be ⁇ strong beauty face score, weak beauty face score, small fresh score, Japanese score ⁇ .
  • the user preference interface 440 displays the first group of pictures, and the first group of pictures includes picture a, picture b, picture c, and picture d.
  • the shooting-related parameter sets corresponding to the four pictures, and the corresponding shooting feature label score vector set S can be shown in Table 1 below:
  • Table 1 The shooting related parameter set and shooting feature label score vector set S corresponding to the effect picture
  • the photograph-related parameters corresponding to the picture a are P_a
  • the shooting feature label score vector set S_a corresponding to the picture a is ⁇ 0.6, 0, 0.2, 0.2 ⁇ , which indicates the score of the strong beauty in the picture a
  • the value is 0.6
  • the weak beauty score is 0,
  • the small fresh score is 0.2
  • the Japanese score is 0.2.
  • the relevant parameter set of the photograph corresponding to the picture b is P_b
  • the score vector set S_b of the shooting feature label corresponding to the picture b is ⁇ 0, 0.2, 0.4, 0.4 ⁇ , which means that the score of the strong beauty in the picture b is 0, the weak beauty
  • the score of Yan is 0.2
  • the score of Xiaoqing is 0.4
  • the score of Japanese is 0.4.
  • the picture-related parameter set corresponding to picture c is P_c
  • the shooting feature label score vector set S_c corresponding to picture c is ⁇ 0, 0.2, 0.8, 0 ⁇ , which means that the score of strong beauty in picture c is 0, weak beauty
  • the score of Yan is 0.2
  • the score of Xiaoqing is 0.8
  • the score of Japanese is 0.
  • the picture-related parameter set corresponding to picture d is P_d
  • the shooting feature label score vector set S_d corresponding to picture d is ⁇ 0, 0.2, 0.2, 0.6 ⁇ , which means that the score of strong beauty in picture d is 0, weak beauty
  • the score of Yan is 0.2
  • the score of Xiaoqing is 0.2
  • the score of Japanese is 0.6.
  • Table 1 above is only used to explain the present application, and should not constitute a limitation.
  • the sum of the scores of the shooting feature tags of the effect picture can be 1, and the higher the score of a shooting feature tag in the effect picture, it means that the shooting related parameter set corresponding to the effect picture and the shooting related parameter corresponding to the shooting feature tag
  • the terminal can record the shooting related parameter set P (eg shooting related parameter set P_b) corresponding to the user selected effect picture (eg picture b), and the corresponding effect picture selected by the user
  • Shooting feature label score vector set S for example, shooting feature label score vector set S_b
  • shooting related parameter set P for example, shooting related parameter set P_b
  • shooting feature label score vector set S for example, shooting feature label
  • the score vector set S_b) is the training set Q ⁇ P ⁇ S ⁇ of the neural network model (for example ⁇ P_b ⁇ S_b ⁇ ), which is trained using the deep learning algorithm to obtain the shooting related parameter set P and the shooting feature label score vector set S Mapping function f (x).
  • the shooting related parameter set P is taken as an input, and the shooting feature label score vector set S is taken as an output.
  • the terminal can input the shooting related parameter set P corresponding to the multiple effect pictures selected by the user and the training parameter set Q composed of the shooting feature label score vector set S into the neural network model for training to obtain more in line with the user Favorite mapping function f (x).
  • the mapping function f (x) for training the neural network model reference may be made to the neural network training process in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 below, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal may receive a user input operation 442 for an effect picture (for example, picture b), and in response to the input operation 442, the terminal may set the shooting-related parameter set P_b corresponding to the picture b, And the shooting feature label score set S_b corresponding to the picture b as a training set Q_1 ⁇ P_b ⁇ S_b ⁇ , and input the training set Q_1 ⁇ P_b ⁇ S_b ⁇ into the neural network model, and use the deep learning algorithm to train, Obtain the mapping function f (x).
  • the terminal may receive an operation from the user to the user to open the camera application when the user first receives the user's operation to open the camera application or every user preference survey period (for example, the terminal investigates the user's photography preferences every 10 days)
  • a user preference survey interface pops up to collect the camera-related parameters P corresponding to the picture selected by the user and the shooting feature label score vector set S corresponding to the picture selected by the user.
  • FIG. 5 shows the main interface 510 displayed on the touch screen of the terminal.
  • the main interface 510 may include icons 511 of the camera application and icons of other applications (such as Alipay, notepad, music, WeChat, settings, dialing, information, contacts, etc.).
  • the terminal may receive a user's input operation 512 (for example, click) on the icon 511 of the camera application, and in response to the input operation 512, the terminal may turn on a camera (for example, a front camera or a rear camera) and display it on the touch screen
  • the camera shooting interface 520 shown in 5b in FIG. 5, and a user preference survey interface 530 pops up in the camera shooting interface 520.
  • a user preference survey interface 530 may pop up in the camera shooting interface 520.
  • the user preference survey interface 530 includes multiple groups (for example, 10 groups) of pictures, and each group of pictures may include multiple (for example, 4) pictures.
  • the content of the pictures in each group of pictures is the same, but the shooting related parameter sets P corresponding to different pictures in each group of pictures are different, and each picture corresponds to a shooting feature label (such as strong beauty, weak beauty, small freshness, Japanese Equal) score vector set S.
  • the terminal may receive the user's input operation 532 for the effect picture 531 (for example, picture b), and in response to the input operation 532, the terminal may set the shooting-related parameter set P_b corresponding to the effect picture 531 (for example, picture b) and the effect picture 531 (for example Picture b)
  • the corresponding shooting feature label score set S_b as a training set Q_1 ⁇ P_b ⁇ S_b ⁇ , and input the training set Q_1 ⁇ P_b ⁇ S_b ⁇ into the neural network, using deep learning algorithm for training to obtain
  • the mapping function f (x) The mapping function f (x).
  • the terminal After the terminal collects user data (including user general data and user shooting related parameters), and uses the training set Q ⁇ P ⁇ S ⁇ to train the mapping function f (x) in the above neural network more times than the preset training
  • the terminal can use the PQ effect parameter set corresponding to the smart photo tag (such as Xiaoqing) matched by the user for the user to take an image of the photo taken by the user Process and display on the touch screen of the terminal.
  • the smart camera tag for example, Xiaoqing
  • FIG. 6, 6 a in FIG. 6 shows the main interface 510 displayed on the touch screen of the terminal.
  • the main interface 510 may include icons 611 of the camera application and icons of other applications (such as Alipay, notepad, music, WeChat, settings, dialing, information, contacts, etc.).
  • the terminal may receive a user's input operation 612 (for example, click) on the icon 611 of the camera application, and in response to the input operation 612, the terminal may turn on a camera (for example, a front camera or a rear camera) and display it on the touch screen
  • the camera shooting interface 620 may display an image 621 captured by a camera (such as a front camera or a rear camera), and the terminal may be a label of a smart camera tag (such as Xiaoqing) that is matched by the user Recommendation button 623, the terminal may receive a user's input operation 624 (for example, click) on the label recommendation button 623, and in response to the input operation 624 (for example, click), the label recommendation button 623 may be switched from a closed state to an open state, The terminal may enable a function of performing image processing on the screen 621 photographed by the terminal using the PQ effect parameter set corresponding to the smart camera tag (for example, Xiaoqing).
  • a camera such as a front camera or a rear camera
  • the terminal may be a label of a smart camera tag (such as Xiaoqing) that is matched by the user Recommendation button 623
  • the terminal may receive a user's input operation 624 (for example,
  • the terminal may receive the user's re-input operation (for example, clicking) of the tab recommendation button 623 in the open state, the label recommendation button 623 may be switched from the open state to the closed state, and the terminal may close
  • the PQ effect parameter set corresponding to the smart photo tag for example, Xiaoqing
  • the camera shooting interface 630 may display an image 631 captured by a camera (for example, a front camera or a rear camera), and a label of a smart camera tag (for example, Xiaoqing) that the terminal matches for the user
  • a camera for example, a front camera or a rear camera
  • a label of a smart camera tag for example, Xiaoqing
  • the screen 631 performs image processing functions.
  • the terminal may receive the user's input operation 636 (for example, click) on the shooting button 635, and in response to the input operation 636 (for example, click), the terminal may use the PQ effect parameter set corresponding to the smart camera tag (for example, Xiaoqing).
  • the image 631 captured by the terminal performs image processing, and saves the image after the image processing in the gallery, where the image after the image processing may be the image 647 shown in 6d of FIG. 6.
  • the terminal may mark an intelligent photo identification 649 (for example, a smart shot) on the image 647 after image processing, and store the image 647 after image processing in a gallery.
  • the smart camera system 700 may include a system setting module 710, a data collection module 720, a data preprocessing module 730, a data storage module 740, a feature extraction module 750, and a parameter setting module 760. among them,
  • the system setting module 710 can be used to turn on and off the smart camera function provided by the embodiment of the present application.
  • the data collection module 720 may be used to periodically collect data information of users on the terminal after the smart camera function is turned on (for example, the collection period may be 10 days, 15 days, 1 month, or longer, etc.).
  • the user's data information includes the user's personal basic information (gender, year of birth, place of usual residence, etc.), behavioral habits (most commonly used APP, most used time APP, use the app after plugging in headphones, frequent places, bed time, wake up time ), Hobbies (reading preferences, Internet browsing habits), shooting preferences (shooting parameters, shooting content, shooting content), picture browsing habits (shared pictures, deleted pictures, favorite pictures, edited pictures).
  • the data preprocessing module 730 can be used to preprocess the user data collected by the data collection module 720 to extract valid data.
  • pre-processing flow reference may be made to the data pre-processing flow shown in FIG. 8 below, which will not be repeated here.
  • the parameter setting module 760 can be used to perform image processing on the screen captured by the camera of the terminal according to the fusion feature label with the highest user score (that is, the smart camera label), and set the The PQ effect parameter corresponding to the fusion feature label with the highest value.
  • the terminal can collect the user's data by means of data embedding, that is, the terminal can listen to events in the running process of the software application, judge and capture when the event that needs attention occurs, and then the terminal can obtain the relevant information of the event and convert the
  • the related information of the event is sorted and stored in the terminal's local database or a remote server.
  • the events monitored by the terminal can be provided by platforms such as the operating system, browser, application (APP) framework, etc., and can also be customized trigger events based on the basic events (such as clicking on a specific button).
  • the terminal can monitor events such as the user clicking the favorite button, delete button, and share button in the gallery APP.
  • the terminal receives the user ’s wallpaper picture_1 in the wallpaper APP and clicks the favorite button, the terminal can record the wallpaper picture. And store the wallpaper picture_1 as the data of favorite pictures in the terminal local or remote server. If the terminal receives that the user clicks the delete button on the wallpaper picture_2 in the wallpaper APP, the terminal can record the wallpaper picture and store the wallpaper picture_2 as data for deleting the picture in the terminal local or remote server.
  • the terminal can record the wallpaper image and store the wallpaper image _3 as data for deleting the image on the terminal local or remote server.
  • the terminal can count the number of times the user opens the APP by monitoring the event that the operating system opens the APP.
  • the terminal successfully opens the APP once and records the number of times the APP is opened; the terminal enters the APP after the receiving user clicks the home button to switch to the background, and the terminal does not count the number of times the APP is opened.
  • the terminal monitors the user's input operation to enter the APP and exits the APP to calculate the duration of the user's access to the APP.
  • the user data collected by the terminal may include general data and shooting related data.
  • the general data may include personal basic information, behavior habits, hobbies, etc. of the user.
  • the specific data subtypes can be shown in Table 2 below:
  • the terminal may obtain the user's previous personal information in the system account by obtaining personal information from the terminal's system account center (such as Huawei terminal's Huawei account center, Apple terminal's Apple account center (Apple ID), etc.) Fill in the year of birth entered.
  • the terminal may also call a third-party APP (for example, QQ, WeChat, Taobao, Weibo, etc.) to provide a data access interface for access rights, and obtain the user's birth year from the server of the third-party APP.
  • a third-party APP for example, QQ, WeChat, Taobao, Weibo, etc.
  • Behavioral habits may include the user's most commonly used APP, the most used APP, the APP used after plugging in headphones, frequent places, bedtime, and wake-up time.
  • the terminal may record the usage record of each APP, where the usage record of the APP includes the number of times the APP is opened within a period (such as one day, one week, one month, etc.), and one period (such as one day, one week, one month Etc.)
  • the terminal can determine the APP that has been opened most frequently in a cycle (such as a day, week, month, etc.) as the most commonly used APP, and the terminal can determine the APP that has the longest running time in a cycle (such as a day, week, month, etc.)
  • the terminal may determine the APP that the terminal uses the most after inserting the headset in a cycle (for example, one day, one week, one month, etc.) as the APP that is used after inserting the headset.
  • the above-mentioned most commonly used APPs, the most used APPs, and the APPs obtained after plugging in headphones are used to obtain information only for the purpose of explaining this application, and should not constitute a limitation.
  • the user s most commonly used APPs, Apps that use the most time, apps that are used after plugging in headphones.
  • the terminal may simultaneously obtain location information when taking a picture, and record the location and date of the user's picture. Therefore, the terminal can determine the user's frequent places based on the place and time the user took the picture.
  • the frequently visited place of the user may be the number of times the terminal takes pictures on the same place on different dates. For example, the terminal records that the user took pictures at the beach on January 10, 2018; the user took pictures at Nanshan on February 1, 2018; the user took pictures at the mall on March 1, 2018; and the user took pictures on April 2, 2018 at Take photos at the beach; users took photos at the beach on May 1, 2018.
  • the terminal can determine that the user's frequent place is "Beach".
  • the terminal may also call a third-party APP (for example, Baidu Map, Gaode Map, etc.) to provide a data access interface for access rights, and obtain the user's frequented places from the server of the third-party APP.
  • a third-party APP for example, Baidu Map, Gaode Map, etc.
  • the above-mentioned way of obtaining the frequent visits of the user is only for explaining the application, and should not be construed as a limitation. In specific implementation, the frequent visits of the user may also be obtained by other means.
  • the terminal when the terminal is in a bed where the user sleeps, the terminal can detect vibration information (including vibration frequency, vibration amplitude, etc.) and surrounding sound information (sound of the sound) of the bed surface through various sensors (such as a motion sensor, a microphone, etc.) Amplitude, frequency of sound, etc.), because after the user sleeps, the user ’s regular sound and the user ’s breathing or other actions will cause regular movement of the bed surface, therefore, when the terminal determines the vibration information of the bed surface When the vibration law of the bed after the user sleeps is satisfied, and the sound information around the terminal meets the sound law after the user sleeps, the terminal can determine the sleep time of the user.
  • vibration information including vibration frequency, vibration amplitude, etc.
  • surrounding sound information sound of the sound
  • the terminal can determine the sleep time of the user.
  • the terminal may also monitor the user's heart rate, breathing, body temperature, blood pressure, exercise, and other information through auxiliary devices (eg, smart watches, smart bracelets, etc.) to obtain the user's sleeping time.
  • auxiliary devices eg, smart watches, smart bracelets, etc.
  • the above method for acquiring the sleeping time of the user is only used to explain the present application, and should not constitute a limitation. In a specific implementation, the sleeping time of the user may also be acquired through other methods.
  • the terminal may obtain the alarm time set by the user by accessing the record in the alarm clock application, thereby obtaining the user's wake-up time.
  • the terminal may detect the time when the user picks up the terminal the earliest each day through the motion sensor, and determine the time when the user picks up the terminal as the user's wake-up time.
  • the terminal may monitor the time at which the user unlocks the terminal at the earliest every day, and determine the time to unlock the terminal as the user's wake-up time.
  • the above method for obtaining the user's wake-up time is only used to explain the present application, and should not be construed as a limitation. In specific implementation, the user's wake-up time may also be obtained through other methods.
  • the terminal may obtain the user's reading preferences through a reading application on the terminal (for example, Huawei reading on the Huawei terminal, etc.).
  • the terminal may also call a third-party APP (for example, WeChat reading, QQ reading, etc.) to provide a data access interface for access rights, and obtain the user's frequent places from the server of the third-party APP.
  • a third-party APP for example, WeChat reading, QQ reading, etc.
  • the user's frequented places can also be obtained through other methods.
  • the terminal may receive a user's input operation to open the browser (for example, click an icon of the browser application on the main interface of the terminal, enter "open browser" through a voice assistant), and respond to the user's input operation to open the browser ,
  • the terminal can display the search page of the browser, the terminal can record the search content entered by the user on the search page of the browser, and extract the keywords of the search content within a period of time (such as one day, one week, one month, etc.) ( For example "Attractions").
  • the terminal can also record the user's visit URL and extract the user's visit URL type (for example, video website, travel website, shopping website, etc.).
  • the user's Internet browsing habits may include information such as keywords searched by the user, types of visited URLs, etc.
  • the user's Internet browsing habits may also include other information.
  • the terminal may also call a third-party APP (for example, Weibo, Baidu search, etc.) to provide a data access interface for access rights, and obtain the user's Internet browsing habits from the server of the third-party APP.
  • a third-party APP for example, Weibo, Baidu search, etc.
  • the above method for obtaining the user's Internet browsing habits is only used to explain this application, and should not be construed as a limitation.
  • the user's Internet browsing habits can also be obtained through other methods.
  • the shooting-related data may include the user's shooting preferences, browsing picture habits, and so on.
  • the specific data types can be shown in Table 3 below:
  • shooting preferences include shooting parameters, shooting modes, shooting content, etc.
  • Picture browsing habits include shared pictures, deleted pictures, favorite pictures, edited pictures, etc. among them,
  • Shooting parameters can include white balance, sensitivity (international standards), exposure compensation, shutter speed, focus mode, metering mode, brightness, saturation, contrast, sharpness, etc.
  • the terminal may receive a user's input operation to open the camera application (for example, click a camera application icon on the terminal's main interface, and input "open camera” through a voice assistant), and in response to the input operation to open the camera, the terminal may enable the camera And the screen captured by the camera is displayed on the touch screen.
  • the terminal receives the user's input operation for setting shooting parameters
  • the terminal in response to the user's input operation for setting shooting parameters, the terminal can record and collect the user's shooting parameters.
  • the terminal may extract the shooting parameters in the above pictures by performing picture analysis on the pictures shared by the user, deleted pictures, favorite pictures, and edited pictures.
  • the above-mentioned user's shooting parameter acquisition method is only used to explain this application, and should not constitute a limitation. In a specific implementation, the user's shooting parameter can also be acquired through other methods.
  • the shooting parameters of the user shown in Table 4 above, the shooting parameters of the user: the value of white balance is 2400K, the value of sensitivity (international standards / organization, ISO) is 100, and the value of exposure compensation is + 0.5EV, Shutter speed is 1 / 125s, focus mode is auto focus (AF), metering mode is center-weighted metering, brightness value is 10 exposure value (exposure value (EV), saturation value is 120, contrast The value is 100 and the sharpness value is MTF50.
  • the value of white balance is 2400K
  • the value of sensitivity international standards / organization, ISO
  • the value of exposure compensation is + 0.5EV
  • Shutter speed is 1 / 125s
  • focus mode is auto focus (AF)
  • metering mode is center-weighted metering
  • brightness value is 10 exposure value (exposure value (EV)
  • saturation value saturation value is 120
  • contrast contrast
  • the sharpness value is MTF50.
  • the shooting mode can include ordinary photography, large aperture, portrait mode, gourmet mode, black and white camera, professional photography, 3D dynamic panorama, high dynamic range imaging (high dynamic range imaging, HDR) photography, etc.
  • Each shooting mode can correspond to a set of shooting-related parameter sets, where the shooting-related parameter sets can include shooting parameter sets ⁇ a1, a2, a3, ... ⁇ and picture quality (PQ) effect parameters ⁇ b1, b2, b3, ... ⁇ .
  • the PQ effect parameter set can be used by the terminal to adjust the PQ effect of the picture, for example, contrast adjustment, brightness adjustment, color saturation adjustment, hue adjustment, and sharpness adjustment (such as digital noise reduction (DNR) adjustment). ), Color edge enhancement (chroma TI, CTI) adjustment and other image quality adjustments.
  • the correspondence between the shooting mode and the shooting-related parameter set may be as shown in Table 5 below:
  • the shooting related parameter set corresponding to the ordinary shooting mode in the shooting mode is P_1
  • the shooting related parameter set corresponding to the large aperture shooting mode is P_2
  • the shooting-related parameter set corresponding to the portrait camera mode is P_3
  • the shooting-related parameter set corresponding to the gourmet camera mode is P_4
  • the shooting-related parameter set corresponding to the black-and-white camera camera is P_5
  • the shooting-related parameter set corresponding to the professional camera mode is P_6, 3D dynamic
  • the shooting related parameter set corresponding to the panorama is P_7
  • the shooting related parameter set corresponding to the HDR camera mode is P_8.
  • the above Table 5 is only for explaining this application and should not be construed as limiting.
  • the terminal can record the shooting mode used each time the user takes a picture. Therefore, according to the correspondence between the preset shooting mode and the shooting-related parameter set P, the terminal can increase the number of times the user uses more than a preset threshold (for example, the preset number
  • the threshold may be a shooting mode of once, twice, 3 times, 4 times, 5 times, 10 times, etc.), which is determined to be a common shooting mode of the user.
  • the user's common shooting modes and the shooting related parameter sets corresponding to the common shooting modes acquired by the terminal may be as shown in Table 6 below:
  • the user's common shooting modes and corresponding shooting related parameter sets acquired by the terminal are: the ordinary camera mode and the ordinary camera mode corresponding to Shooting related parameter set P_1, large aperture mode and shooting related parameter set P_2 corresponding to large aperture mode, shooting mode related parameter setting P_3 corresponding to portrait mode and portrait mode, shooting related parameter set P_4 corresponding to gourmet mode and gourmet mode, HDR camera mode And the relevant shooting parameter set P_8 corresponding to the HDR camera mode.
  • the examples shown in Table 6 above are only used to explain the present application, and should not constitute a limitation.
  • the shooting content can include: portraits, green plants, flowers, food, sunrise, sunset, etc.
  • Each shooting mode can correspond to a set of shooting-related parameter sets.
  • the shooting related parameter set includes a shooting parameter set and a PQ effect parameter set.
  • the PQ effect parameter set can be used for the terminal to adjust the PQ effect of the picture, for example, contrast adjustment, brightness adjustment, color saturation adjustment, hue adjustment, sharpness adjustment (such as digital noise reduction (DNR) adjustment), Image quality adjustments such as color edge enhancement (chroma TI, CTI) adjustments.
  • DNR digital noise reduction
  • Image quality adjustments such as color edge enhancement (chroma TI, CTI) adjustments.
  • the correspondence between the shooting content and the shooting-related parameter set may be as shown in Table 7 below:
  • the shooting related parameter set corresponding to the portrait shooting content is P_9
  • the shooting related parameter set corresponding to the green plant shooting content is P_10
  • the flower shooting content corresponds to
  • the shooting related parameter set is P_11
  • the shooting related parameter set corresponding to food shooting content is P_12
  • the shooting related parameter set corresponding to sunrise shooting content is P_13
  • the shooting related parameter set corresponding to sunset shooting content is P_14.
  • the above Table 7 is only used to explain this application, and should not constitute a limitation.
  • the terminal can record the shooting content recognized by the terminal through the camera each time the user takes a picture. Therefore, according to the correspondence between the preset shooting content and the shooting-related parameter set P, the terminal can record the number of times the terminal is recognized through the camera when the user takes a photo
  • the shooting content of the second threshold (for example, the second threshold may be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, etc.) is determined to be the commonly used shooting content of the user.
  • the terminal's acquired common shooting content of the user and shooting related parameter sets corresponding to the shooting content may be as shown in Table 8 below:
  • the user's common shooting content and corresponding shooting related parameter sets acquired by the terminal are: portrait shooting content and portrait shooting content corresponding to Shooting related parameter set P_9, food shooting content and shooting related parameter set corresponding to food shooting content P_12, sunrise shooting content and sunrise shooting content corresponding shooting related parameter set P_13, sunset shooting content and sunset shooting related shooting related parameters Set P_14.
  • the example shown in Table 8 above is only for explaining the present application, and should not constitute a limitation.
  • Picture browsing habits can include shared pictures, deleted pictures, favorite pictures, edited pictures, etc.
  • the terminal may receive a user's input operation to open an album (for example, click an album application icon on the terminal's main interface, and enter "open album” through a voice assistant), and in response to the input operation to open an album, the terminal may open an album application , And the album application interface is displayed on the touch screen, and the album application interface may include one or more photos.
  • the terminal can receive the user's sharing operation, deletion operation, collection operation or editing operation of the photo in the album application.
  • the terminal When the terminal receives the user's sharing operation of the user's selected photo, the terminal can obtain the user's shared photo through image analysis Corresponding shooting related parameter set; when the terminal receives the user's deletion of the user-selected photo, the terminal can obtain the shooting related parameter set corresponding to the user's deleted photo through image analysis; when the terminal receives the user's photo selected by the user During the collection operation, the terminal can obtain the shooting-related parameter set corresponding to the photos collected by the user through image analysis; when the terminal receives the user's editing operation on the photo selected by the user, the terminal can obtain the photo edited by the user through image analysis Corresponding shooting related parameter set.
  • the user-shared pictures, deleted pictures, favorite pictures, edited pictures obtained by the terminal, and the shooting-related parameter sets corresponding to these pictures can be shown in Table 9 below:
  • the pictures shared by the user include picture_A and picture_B, where picture_A corresponds to the shooting related parameter set P_15 and picture_B corresponds to The shooting related parameter set is P_16.
  • the pictures deleted by the user include picture_C and picture_D, where the shooting-related parameter set corresponding to picture_C is P_17, and the shooting-related parameter set corresponding to picture_D is P_18.
  • the pictures collected by the user include picture_E and picture_F, where the shooting-related parameter set corresponding to picture_E is P_19, and the shooting-related parameter set corresponding to picture_F is P_20.
  • the pictures edited by the user include picture_G and picture_H, where the shooting-related parameter set corresponding to picture_G is P_21, and the shooting-related parameter set corresponding to picture_H is P_22.
  • the above Table 9 is only for explaining the present application, and should not constitute a limitation.
  • the terminal After the terminal collects user data, the terminal can preprocess the collected user data to extract valid source data and store it in the database.
  • FIG. 8 shows a schematic diagram of user data pre-processing.
  • the user data preprocessing process in FIG. 8 includes the following steps:
  • the terminal determines whether the collected user data is general data. If so, the terminal performs redundant data removal and abnormal data filtering on the collected general data, and stores the general data removed redundant data and abnormal data to the user Database.
  • the user's database may be on a local terminal or a remote server, which is not limited here.
  • Redundant data removal means that the terminal removes the repetitive data in the collected user data to reduce the size of the effective general data stored in the database. For example, when the terminal collects user data, each data collection of the terminal can collect multiple copies of data through different paths. In a certain data collected by the terminal, the terminal obtains from the life service application that the user sets the default courier receiving address to "Shenzhen", then the terminal can determine the default courier receiving address as the normal in the user's general data Station, that is, the terminal obtains a piece of data of the user's permanent residence as "the permanent residence is 'Shenzhen'".
  • the terminal can change the location address " "Shenzhen" is determined as the resident location of the user, that is, the terminal obtains a piece of data of the resident location of the user as "the resident location is 'Shenzhen'".
  • the terminal can retain a copy of the data of the permanent residence and determine that the data of the permanent residence is valid and stored in the user's database.
  • the terminal when the terminal has stored the user's resident location as "Shenzhen" in the user's database, the terminal has a piece of data in the collected user data that the user's resident location is "Shenzhen", and the user's database If the stored resident location of the user is the same, the terminal can remove the collected piece of data that “the resident location of the user is 'Shenzhen'”.
  • the terminal can remove the collected piece of data that “the resident location of the user is 'Shenzhen'”.
  • Abnormal data filtering refers to the terminal filtering and removing unreasonable data in the collected user data.
  • the reason for the abnormal data may be that the unreasonable data may mean that the data exceeds the value range of the data attribute.
  • the terminal can regulate the value of the user's age data attribute: the value range of age is 0 to 150 years old, if the user's age is 200 years old in a piece of data collected by the terminal, it is not within the value range of age, Then, the terminal determines that this piece of data is abnormal data, and filters to remove the abnormal data.
  • the examples are only for explaining this application and should not be construed as limitations.
  • the terminal determines whether the collected user data is a shooting parameter, and if so, the terminal stores the shooting parameters in the user's database.
  • the shooting parameters may include white balance, ISO, exposure compensation, shutter speed, focus mode, metering mode, brightness, saturation, contrast, sharpness, etc.
  • the terminal determines that the collected user data is a shooting mode or shooting content, the terminal extracts the shooting mode or shooting content.
  • a preset shooting related parameter set, and the shooting related parameter set extracted from the shooting mode or shooting content is stored in the user's database. If not, the terminal judges whether the picture is clear. If the picture is clear, the terminal analyzes the picture to extract the shooting-related parameter set corresponding to the picture and stores it in the user's database. Exemplarily, the terminal may determine whether the sharpness value of the picture is greater than a preset sharpness threshold, and if so, the picture is clear.
  • the terminal performs feature extraction on the user's general data
  • FIG. 9 is a flowchart of terminal extraction of a user ’s general data features in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal can collect user data information, where the user data information collected by the terminal includes the user's personal basic information, behavior habits, hobbies, and shooting hobbies , Picture browsing habits, etc.
  • the terminal performs the preprocessing process shown in FIG. 8 on the collected user data to extract valid source data.
  • the terminal matches the pre-processed general data (including personal basic information, behavior habits, and hobbies) with the data in the pre-trained general feature tag library, and stores the feature values corresponding to the matched feature tags to the user In the database.
  • the general data preprocessed by the terminal may be as shown in Table 10 below:
  • the user's personal basic information gender is female, year of birth is 1994, and habitual residence is Shenzhen; behavioral habits of the user: the most commonly used application is the daily P chart, The most used APP is WeChat, the APP used after plugging in the headset is NetEase Cloud Music, the frequent place is the beach, the sleeping time is 23:00, and the wake-up time is 8:00; the user ’s hobbies: reading preferences are romantic novels , Fashion magazines, Internet browsing habits are often searched for the keyword "attractions".
  • the above Table 10 is only used to explain the present application, and should not constitute a limitation. In a specific implementation, the general valid data of the user may also include more information.
  • the pre-trained general feature label library of the terminal may be as shown in Table 11 below:
  • the feature tag for males has a feature ID value of 0000
  • the feature tag for women is a feature ID value of 0001.
  • the year of birth is from 1978 to 2018.
  • the corresponding feature label is "Young People”, and the feature ID value is 0002.
  • the year of birth is from 1959 to 1977.
  • the corresponding feature label is "middle-aged person”, and the feature ID value is 0003.
  • the feature label corresponding to the year of birth before 1958 is "elderly”, and the feature ID value is 0004.
  • the feature tag corresponding to the most commonly used or most used time or the type of APP used after plugging in the headset is "Music” is "Music” (feature ID value is 0005).
  • the feature tag corresponding to the most commonly used or most used time or the type of APP used after plugging in the headset is "shopping" (the feature ID value is 0006).
  • the feature label corresponding to the most commonly used or most used time or the type of APP used after plugging in the headset is "tourism” is “tourism” (feature ID value is 0007).
  • the feature label corresponding to the most commonly used or actually used time or the type of APP used after plugging in the headset is "Game” is “Game” (feature ID value is 0008).
  • the feature label corresponding to the most commonly used or actually used time or the type of APP used after plugging in the headset is "social” is “social” (feature ID value is 0009).
  • the feature label corresponding to the most commonly used or actually used time or the type of APP used after plugging in the headset is "entertainment” (feature ID value is 0010).
  • the feature tag corresponding to the most commonly used or actually used time or the type of APP used after plugging in a headset is "movie” is a movie (feature ID value is 0011).
  • the characteristic label corresponding to the reading preference type "sports information” is “sports” (the characteristic ID value is 0012).
  • the feature tag corresponding to the average e-book reading time longer than 30 minutes is “reading” (feature ID value is 0013).
  • the feature tag corresponding to the average daily Internet browsing time of more than 30 minutes is "news information” (feature ID value is 0014).
  • Table 12 The user's universal feature tag, that is, the feature ID value corresponding to the universal feature tag
  • the user's general feature tags are female (feature ID value 0001), young people (feature ID value 0002), music (general feature ID value 0004), Shopping (feature ID value 0006), travel (feature ID value 0007), and social networking (feature ID value 0009).
  • the terminal may store the above-mentioned universal feature tags in the form of feature ID values in the user's database.
  • the above Table 12 is only for explaining this application, and should not constitute a limitation.
  • the terminal performs feature extraction on the user's shooting related data.
  • the process of training the mapping function f (x) of the shooting related parameter set P and the shooting feature label vector set S through the neural network (such as convolutional neural network (CNN)) is first introduced by the terminal.
  • the neural network such as convolutional neural network (CNN)
  • FIG. 10a in FIG. 10 is a flowchart of a terminal training a neural network in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the terminal may pre-store several identical pictures with different tag information in different categories, where the tag information may refer to the shooting feature tags corresponding to the picture (eg, strong beauty, weak beauty, small freshness) , Japanese, etc.) score vector set (such as ⁇ strong beauty score, weak beauty score, small fresh score, Japanese score ⁇ ), and the shooting related parameter set corresponding to the picture.
  • the tag information may refer to the shooting feature tags corresponding to the picture (eg, strong beauty, weak beauty, small freshness) , Japanese, etc.) score vector set (such as ⁇ strong beauty score, weak beauty score, small fresh score, Japanese score ⁇ ), and the shooting related parameter set corresponding to the picture.
  • different pictures correspond to different shooting related parameter sets (including shooting parameter sets ⁇ a1, a2, a3, ... ⁇ and PQ effect parameters can be ⁇ b1, b2, b3, ... ⁇ ), And corresponding to different shooting feature label score vector set S.
  • the terminal may select several groups (for example, 10 groups) for the user to select.
  • the terminal can use the label information corresponding to the picture selected by the user as the cold start training parameter set Q ⁇ P ⁇ S ⁇ of the neural network, where P includes the shooting parameter set and the PQ effect parameter set, and S is the shooting feature label (such as strong Beauty, weak beauty, small freshness, Japanese, etc.).
  • the terminal can input the training parameter set Q to a neural network (such as a convolutional neural network), and use a deep learning algorithm to obtain a mapping function f (x).
  • a neural network such as a convolutional neural network
  • the first group of effect pictures may include picture a, picture b, picture c, and picture d.
  • the terminal may use the shooting related parameter set P_b and the shooting feature label score vector set S_b corresponding to the picture b as a set of cold start training parameter sets Q_b ⁇ P_b ⁇ S_b ⁇ is input into the neural network, and a deep learning algorithm is used to obtain the mapping function f (x).
  • the terminal can receive multiple effect pictures selected by the user.
  • the cold start training parameter set Q includes not only the shooting related parameter set P_b and the shooting feature label score vector set S_b corresponding to the picture b, but also other pictures selected by the user ( For example, picture e) corresponding shooting related parameter set P_e and shooting feature label score vector set S_e.
  • picture e corresponding shooting related parameter set P_e and shooting feature label score vector set S_e.
  • the terminal trains the neural network by acquiring the training set corresponding to the effect picture selected by the user, so that the shooting feature label score vector set output by the mapping function f (x) obtained by the training meets the user's preferences and improves the user's experience .
  • the terminal may periodically train the neural network, for example, the training period T may be 10 days, 15 days, 1 month or longer.
  • the terminal before training the neural network model, the terminal can determine whether the number N of training sets required for the training is less than a threshold M (for example, 11), and if so, the terminal can check the picture with the user
  • the training set (such as Q_b ⁇ P_b ⁇ S_b ⁇ ) composed of the corresponding shooting related parameter set (such as P_b corresponding to picture b) and the shooting feature label score vector set (such as S_b corresponding to picture b) trains the neural network model, If not, the terminal can use the pre-stored training set Q_n ⁇ P_n ⁇ S_n ⁇ to input to the neural network model, where P_n is a pre-stored shooting related parameter set for training the neural network model, and S_n is pre-stored for training Neural network model shooting feature label score vector set to get the mapping function f (x).
  • the number of pre-stored training sets is greater than the threshold M (for example, 11).
  • M for example, 11
  • the terminal will use the training mapping function f (x) to output the shooting feature label score vector set will be more and more in line with user preferences Therefore, when there are fewer training sets corresponding to the effect pictures manually selected by the user, the terminal can train the neural network model through the pre-stored sample training set, so that the shooting feature label score vector set output by the mapping function f (x) , More in line with user preferences and improve the user experience.
  • the following describes the process of extracting the shooting feature labels in the shooting related data of the user after the terminal has trained the neural network model.
  • the terminal can use the shooting-related parameter set P in the user's shooting-related data collected by the terminal as the mapping function f (
  • the input vector of x) is input into the mapping function f (x) of the neural network model to output the shooting feature label score vector set S corresponding to the user's shooting related data.
  • the terminal may extract the shooting feature tag with the highest score in the output shooting feature tag score vector set S, and store it as a shooting feature tag for the user in the user's database.
  • the terminal since there are multiple sets of shooting-related parameter sets P in the shooting-related data collected by the terminal (for example, P_1, P_2, P_3, P_4, P_8, etc.), the terminal sequentially uses multiple sets of shooting-related parameter sets P as input vector In the mapping function f (x), multiple sets of score vectors S of shooting feature labels can be obtained. In a possible case, the terminal may extract multiple shooting feature tags from the multiple sets of shooting feature tag score vector sets S.
  • the shooting related parameter set P in the shooting related data of the user collected by the terminal may be as shown in Table 13 below:
  • Table 13 The shooting related parameter set in the shooting related data of the user
  • the shooting related parameter sets P in the shooting related data collected by the terminal are: P_1, P_2, P_3, P_4, P_8, P_9, P_12, P_13, P_14, P_15, P_16, P_17, P_18, P_19 , P_20, P_21, P_22.
  • Table 13 is only for explaining the application and should not constitute a limitation.
  • the terminal may input multiple sets of shooting-related parameter sets P in the above Table 13 into the mapping function f (x) in turn to obtain the shooting feature label score vector set S corresponding to each shooting-related parameter set P, and from each shooting The feature tag score vector set S extracts the shooting feature tag with the highest score.
  • the shooting feature label score vector set S can be expressed as ⁇ c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6 ⁇ , where c1 is the shooting feature label "strong beauty” score, and c2 is the shooting feature label The score of "weak beauty”, c3 is the score of the shooting feature label "Small Fresh”, c4 is the score of the shooting feature label "Japanese”, c5 is the score of the shooting feature label "European style”, and c6 is the shooting The score of the feature label "Small Fresh + Weak Beauty".
  • the shooting feature label score vector set S corresponding to each shooting related parameter set P in Table 13 above, and the shooting feature label with the highest score in each shooting feature label score vector set S may be as shown in Table 14 below:
  • Table 14 The shooting feature label score vector set corresponding to each shooting related parameter set, and the shooting feature label with the highest score
  • the terminal performs feature extraction on the user's shooting related data, and the extracted shooting feature tags of the user include weak beauty, small freshness, and Japanese.
  • the feature ID value corresponding to the shooting feature tag can be shown in Table 15 below:
  • the user's shooting feature tag "weak beauty” corresponds to a feature ID value of 002
  • the feature ID value corresponding to "Fresh” is 003
  • the feature ID value corresponding to the user's shooting feature label "Japanese” is 004.
  • the terminal may store the above-mentioned universal feature tags in the form of feature ID values in the user's database.
  • Table 15 is only for explaining the present application, and should not constitute a limitation.
  • the shooting feature tag of the user may be a shooting feature tag whose score value in each shooting feature tag score vector set S is greater than the first threshold.
  • the first threshold may be 0.7, and in combination with Table 14 above, it can be seen that the user's shooting feature tag includes "small freshness".
  • the user's general feature tags may include: women, young people, music, shopping, travel, and socializing.
  • the shooting feature tags of the user may include: weak beauty, small freshness, and Japanese.
  • each universal feature tag corresponds to each shooting feature tag with a score.
  • the score corresponding to women with weak beauty is x1
  • the score corresponding to women with Xiaoqing is y1
  • the score corresponding to women with Japanese is z1.
  • the score for young people and weak beauty is x2
  • the score for young people and Xiaoqing is y2
  • the score for young people and Japanese is z2.
  • the score corresponding to music and weak beauty is x3, the score corresponding to music and Xiaoqing is y3, and the score corresponding to music and Japanese is z3.
  • the score for shopping and weak beauty is x4, the score for shopping and Xiaoqing is y4, and the score for shopping and Japanese is z4.
  • the score corresponding to tourism and weak beauty is x5, the score corresponding to tourism and small freshness is y5, and the score corresponding to tourism and Japanese is z5.
  • the score corresponding to social and weak beauty is x6, the score corresponding to social and small fresh is y6, and the score corresponding to social and Japanese is z6.
  • the fusion weight value of the user's general feature label is L1
  • the fusion weight value of the user's shooting feature label is L2.
  • the fusion feature tag obtained after the terminal performs feature tag fusion is the same as the user's shooting feature tag, that is, the fusion feature tag may include weak beauty, small freshness, and Japanese.
  • the fusion feature label score T1 corresponding to the fusion feature label "weak beauty" can be calculated by the following formula (1):
  • T1 L1 * (x1 + x2 + x3 + x4 + x5 + x6) + L2 * 1 formula (1)
  • L1 is the fusion weight of the user's general feature label
  • L2 is the user's shooting feature label fusion weight
  • x1 is the general feature label "female” and the shooting feature label "weak beauty”
  • x2 is the score corresponding to the general feature label "young man” and the shooting feature label "weak beauty”
  • x3 is the score corresponding to the general feature label "music” and the shooting feature label “weak beauty”
  • x4 is the score corresponding to the general feature label "shopping” and the shooting feature label "weak beauty”
  • x5 is the score corresponding to the general feature label "tourism” and the shooting feature label "weak beauty”
  • x6 is the general feature label " The score of "Social” and the shooting feature label "weak beauty”.
  • the fusion feature label score T2 corresponding to the fusion feature label "weak beauty” can be calculated by the following formula (2):
  • T2 L1 * (y1 + y2 + y3 + y4 + y5 + y6) + L2 * 1 formula (2)
  • L1 is the fusion weight of the user's general feature label
  • L2 is the user's shooting feature label fusion weight
  • y1 is the general feature label "female” corresponds to the shooting feature label "small fresh”
  • Y2 is the score corresponding to the general feature label "Young People” and the shooting feature label "Small Fresh”
  • y3 is the score corresponding to the general feature Label "Music” and the shooting feature label “Small Fresh”
  • y4 is the general purpose
  • y5 is the score corresponding to the general feature tag “Tourism” and the shooting feature tag "Small Fresh”
  • y6 is the generic feature tag "Social” and shooting features The score corresponding to the label "Small Fresh”.
  • the fusion feature label score T3 corresponding to the fusion feature label "weak beauty” can be calculated by the following formula (3):
  • T3 L1 * (z1 + z2 + z3 + z4 + z5 + z6) + L2 * 1 formula (3)
  • L1 is the fusion weight of the user's general feature label
  • L2 is the user's shooting feature label fusion weight
  • z1 is the corresponding of the general feature label "female” and the shooting feature label "Japanese” Score
  • z2 is the score corresponding to the general feature label "Young People” and the shooting feature label "Japanese”
  • z3 is the score corresponding to the general feature label “Music” and the shooting feature label "Japanese”
  • z4 is the generic feature label
  • "Shopping” is the score corresponding to the shooting feature tag "Japanese”
  • z5 is the score corresponding to the general feature tag "Travel” and the shooting feature tag "Small Fresh”
  • z6 is the general feature tag "Social” and the shooting feature tag "Japanese” The corresponding score.
  • the fusion weight L1 of the user's general feature label may be 0.6, and the fusion weight L2 of the user's general feature label may be 0.4.
  • the scores corresponding to the general feature tag and the shooting feature tag can be shown in Table 16 below:
  • the terminal can calculate that the fusion tag score T1 corresponding to the fusion feature tag “weak beauty” is 1.54, and the fusion feature tag “small fresh "The corresponding fusion label score T2 is 1.96, and the fusion feature label" Japanese “corresponds to the fusion label score T3 of 1.3.
  • the fusion feature label with the highest fusion feature label score is Xiaoxin.
  • the terminal may determine the fusion feature tag with the highest fusion feature tag score as the user's smart camera tag and store the smart camera tag in the user's database, where the user's smart camera tag may be used by the terminal to take photos of the user To set the PQ effect parameters of the shooting screen.
  • the terminal may pre-store the PQ effect parameter set corresponding to each fusion feature label.
  • the PQ effect parameter set corresponding to the fusion feature label "weak beauty” is parameter set 1
  • the PQ effect parameter set corresponding to the fusion feature label "Xiao Qingxin” is parameter set 2
  • the PQ effect parameter corresponding to the fusion feature label "Japanese” Set is parameter set 3.
  • the terminal may use the PQ effect parameter set corresponding to the fusion feature tag with the highest fusion feature tag score (that is, the smart camera tag) to capture the Image processing, to get smart photos.
  • the fusion feature tag with the highest fusion feature tag score can be "small fresh”
  • the PQ effect parameter set corresponding to the smart camera tag "small fresh” is parameter set 3, that is, the terminal can use This parameter set 3 performs image processing on the screen captured when the terminal takes a picture, so as to obtain an intelligently taken picture.
  • the terminal can collect user data, extract the user's characteristic tags, and assist the user to take a photographing effect that matches the user's characteristics according to the feature tag, thereby realizing a photo effect that matches the user's personality To improve the user experience.
  • FIG. 13 is a user database 1300 constructed by the data storage module in the smart camera system in the embodiment of the present application.
  • the user database 1300 may include user data collected by the terminal, valid data after preprocessing the collected user data, and feature value data corresponding to the user's feature tags.
  • the user data may include general data and photograph-related data.
  • the valid data may include: shooting parameters (such as shooting parameter set 1, shooting parameter set 2, shooting parameter set 3, etc.), PQ effect parameters (such as PQ effect parameter set 1, PQ effect parameter set 2, PQ effect parameter set 3, etc. ), General valid data (such as data 1, data 2, data 3, etc.).
  • shooting parameters such as shooting parameter set 1, shooting parameter set 2, shooting parameter set 3, etc.
  • PQ effect parameters such as PQ effect parameter set 1, PQ effect parameter set 2, PQ effect parameter set 3, etc.
  • General valid data such as data 1, data 2, data 3, etc.
  • the feature value data may include: general feature values (such as general feature ID1, general feature ID2, general feature ID3, etc.), shooting related feature values (such as shooting related feature ID1, shooting related feature ID2, shooting related feature ID3, etc.), fusion Feature values (for example, fusion feature ID1, fusion feature ID2, fusion feature ID3, etc.).
  • the common feature value is used to indicate the common feature label of the user, and each common feature value corresponds to a common feature label.
  • the shooting related feature value is used to indicate the shooting feature label of the user, and each common feature value corresponds to one common feature label.
  • the fusion feature value is used to indicate the user's fusion feature label, where each fusion feature value corresponds to a fusion feature label.
  • the user database 1300 is only used to explain the present application, and should not constitute a limitation.
  • the user database 1300 may include more information, for example, a PQ effect parameter set corresponding to the fusion feature label.
  • FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of an intelligent photographing method provided by the present application. Among them, as shown in FIG. 14, the intelligent photographing method includes:
  • the terminal extracts one or more first tags in the user's general data; the general data is used to characterize the identity characteristics of the user.
  • the user's general data may include the user's personal basic information, behavior habits, hobbies, etc.
  • personal basic information may include gender, year of birth, place of usual residence, etc.
  • Behavioral habits can include the user's most commonly used APP, the most used APP, the APP used after plugging in headphones, frequent places, bedtime, wake-up time, etc.
  • Hobbies can include reading preferences, Internet browsing habits, etc.
  • the one or more first tags extracted by the terminal may be the general feature tag of the user in the foregoing embodiment, for example, the general feature tag of the user in Table 12 above, the general feature tag of the user is female , Young people, music, shopping, travel, socializing.
  • the process of extracting one or more first tags in the user's general data by the terminal reference may be made to the general data feature extraction process in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 above, and details are not described herein again.
  • the terminal extracts one or more second tags in the user's shooting related data; the shooting related data is used to characterize the user's shooting preferences.
  • the user's shooting related data may include the user's shooting preferences, browsing picture habits, and so on.
  • the user's shooting preferences include shooting parameters, shooting modes, shooting content and so on.
  • Picture browsing habits include shared pictures, deleted pictures, favorite pictures, edited pictures, etc.
  • the shooting parameters may include white balance, ISO, exposure compensation, shutter speed, focus mode, metering mode, brightness, saturation, contrast, sharpness, and the like.
  • Shooting modes can include ordinary photography, large aperture, portrait mode, gourmet mode, black and white camera, professional photography, 3D dynamic panorama, HDR photography, etc. The examples are only for explaining this application and should not be construed as limitations.
  • the one or more second tags extracted by the terminal may be shooting feature tags of the user in the foregoing embodiment.
  • the one or more second tags may be the shooting feature tags of the user shown in Table 15 above, and the shooting feature tags of the user are weak beauty, small freshness, and Japanese.
  • the examples are only for explaining this application and should not be construed as limitations.
  • the terminal extracts one or more second tags in the shooting related data of the user
  • the terminal determines a third label according to the one or more first labels and the one or more second labels.
  • the third tag may be the smart camera tag in the foregoing embodiment, for example, the smart camera tag in FIG. 12: small and fresh.
  • the process for the terminal to determine the third label according to the one or more first labels and the one or more second labels may refer to the aforementioned feature label fusion process shown in FIG. 11 and FIG. 12, which will not be repeated here.
  • the terminal adjusts the image quality of the image captured by the terminal according to the image quality effect parameter set corresponding to the third label.
  • the picture quality (PQ) effect parameter set can be used by the terminal to adjust the image quality effect of the captured image, for example, contrast adjustment, brightness adjustment, color saturation adjustment, hue adjustment, sharpness adjustment (such as digital Image quality adjustments such as digital noise reduction (DNR adjustment), color edge enhancement (chroma TI, CTI) adjustment, etc.
  • DNR adjustment digital noise reduction
  • chroma TI color edge enhancement
  • the third label may be the smart camera label in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12: Small and fresh, and the image quality effect parameter set corresponding to the third label may be parameter set 3 in the embodiment described in FIG. 12 .
  • the image quality effect parameter set corresponding to the third label may be parameter set 3 in the embodiment described in FIG. 12 .
  • the terminal extracting one or more first tags in the general data may specifically include: the terminal extracts one or more first tags corresponding to the general data according to the first mapping relationship Label; wherein, the first mapping relationship includes mapping of multiple sets of common data with multiple first labels.
  • the first mapping relationship may be the pre-trained general feature label library shown in Table 11 in the foregoing embodiment, and one or more of the general data can be extracted through the pre-trained general feature label library First label (eg, female, young, music, shopping, travel, social).
  • First label eg, female, young, music, shopping, travel, social.
  • the terminal extracts one or more first tags in the shooting related data, which may specifically include: First, the terminal extracts one or more first shooting related parameters from the shooting related data set. Then, the terminal inputs the one or more first shooting-related parameter sets into the first neural network model to obtain the one or more first score vector sets; wherein the first score vector set includes multiple fourth The first score of each tag. The first score is used to characterize the degree of matching between the first shooting-related parameter set and the fourth tag. Next, the terminal determines the one or more second tags from the plurality of fourth tags according to the first score vector set corresponding to each of the one or more first shooting related parameter sets.
  • the first neural network model may be a convolutional neural network (CNN).
  • the first shooting related parameter set includes a shooting parameter set ⁇ a1, a2, a3, ... ⁇ of the shooting related data and a PQ effect parameter set ⁇ b1, b2, b3, ... ⁇ .
  • the plurality of fourth tags may include shooting feature tags in the example described in Table 14 (for example, strong beauty, weak beauty, small freshness, Japanese, European and American style, small freshness + weak beauty), the For the first score vector set, reference may be made to the shooting feature tag score vector set S in the example described in Table 14 above. For specific content, reference may be made to the example described in FIG. 10, and details are not described herein again. That is to say, the terminal can use the neural network model to extract the feature labels in the shooting related data, so that the terminal can use the self-learning ability of the neural network model to improve the accuracy of the terminal to extract the feature labels in the shooting related data .
  • the one or more second tags include a first set of score vectors corresponding to each of the one or more sets of first shooting-related parameters, and the first score is greater than a first threshold One or more fourth labels.
  • the first threshold may be 0.7.
  • the user's shooting feature label may include "small freshness”.
  • the one or more second tags include a first set of score vectors corresponding to each of the first shooting-related parameter sets, and one or more fourth tags with the highest first score.
  • the terminal may determine one or more fourth tags with a fourth score greater than the first threshold as one or more second tags, because the size of the first score is used to indicate that the user and the second tag.
  • the matching degree of the four tags the larger the first score, the higher the matching degree of the user's shooting related data and the fourth tag, so that the terminal can extract one or more second tags that match the characteristics of the user's shooting related data.
  • the terminal may obtain sample data; the sample data includes multiple sets of first training sets, Wherein, each set of first training set includes a set of second shooting related parameter set and a set of second score vector set.
  • the terminal trains the first neural network model through a deep learning algorithm based on the sample data.
  • the first training set may be the training parameter set Q ⁇ P ⁇ S ⁇ in the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 10, where P includes a shooting parameter set and a PQ effect parameter set, and S is a shooting feature label (such as strong Beauty, weak beauty, small freshness, Japanese, etc.).
  • the second shooting related parameter set may include the shooting parameters and the PQ effect parameters.
  • the second set of score vectors may include scores of shooting feature labels (such as strong beauty, weak beauty, small freshness, Japanese, etc.).
  • the terminal extracts one or more fourth labels with the highest first score in each first score vector set of the user, and determines one or the second label above, so that the terminal can improve the extraction of a user Or the accuracy of multiple second labels.
  • the terminal displays a first interface, and the first interface includes multiple sample pictures. Each sample picture corresponds to a set of the second shooting related parameter set and a set of the second score vector set; the second shooting related parameter set is used to characterize the image quality of the sample picture, the second grouping
  • the vector set includes the first score of each of the plurality of fourth tags corresponding to the sample picture.
  • the terminal receives the user's first input operation of selecting one or more training pictures from the plurality of sample pictures. In response to the first input operation, the terminal may determine the second shooting-related parameter set and the second score vector set corresponding to the one or more training pictures as the sample data.
  • the first interface may be the user preference survey interface 440 shown in 4d in FIG. 4 or the user preference survey interface 530 shown in 5b in FIG. 5.
  • the sample picture may be picture a, picture b, picture c, picture d, etc. in the user preference survey interface 440 or the user preference survey interface 530.
  • the first input operation may be the input operation 442 shown in 4d in FIG. 4 or the input operation 532 shown in 5b in FIG.
  • the terminal can train the first neural network model through the sample data corresponding to the sample image preselected by the user, so that the terminal can extract one or more second feature tags that meet the user's personalized shooting preferences.
  • the terminal can determine whether the number of sample pictures is less than the number of trainings. If so, the terminal takes one or more sets of the second shooting-related parameter set from the pre-stored training set database and The second set of score vectors is used as the sample data.
  • the terminal can use the pre-stored training set to train the first neural network when the number of sample images selected by the user is insufficient, which reduces the user's input operation and improves the user experience.
  • each first label and each second label jointly have an associated score; the size of the associated score is used to characterize the degree of association between the first label and the second label .
  • the terminal may determine the total association score of each second label according to the one or more first labels and the one or more second labels Where T i is the total relevance score of the i-th second label among the one or more second labels, L 1 is the weight of the one or more first labels, and L 2 is the one The weight of the second label or multiple labels, where W k is the association score corresponding to the k-th first label and the i-th second label of the one or more first labels, and R is the one Or the number of multiple first labels.
  • the terminal determines the third label according to the total association score of each second label, where the third label is the one with the highest total association score among the one or more second labels.
  • the association score may be the score corresponding to the general feature tag and the shooting feature tag in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 (for example, x1, x2, x3, x4, x5, x6; y1, y2, y3, y4, y5, y6; z1, z2, z3, z4, z5, z6), refer to the embodiment shown in Table 16 above.
  • the third tag may be the smart camera tag in the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 11.
  • the fusion feature label scores T1, T2, and T3 in the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 11.
  • the terminal may set the weight value for the first label and the second label of the user, and set the corresponding degree of association value for each first label and each second label. In this way, the terminal can make the image quality adjustment parameters recommended by the terminal to the user more in line with the user's personalized preferences and improve the user experience.
  • the terminal can collect user data, extract a first tag representing the user's identity characteristics, extract a second tag representing the user's shooting preferences, and merge the user's third according to the first tag and the second tag
  • the label that is, the third label combines the user's identity characteristics and the user's shooting preferences.
  • the terminal uses the image quality effect parameter set corresponding to the third label to assist the user to take a photographing effect that matches the user's characteristics, to provide the user with a photographing effect that matches the user's personality, and to improve the user experience.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Multimedia (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Evolutionary Computation (AREA)
  • Software Systems (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Artificial Intelligence (AREA)
  • Computing Systems (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Databases & Information Systems (AREA)
  • Medical Informatics (AREA)
  • Computer Vision & Pattern Recognition (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Computational Linguistics (AREA)
  • Data Mining & Analysis (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • Telephone Function (AREA)
  • User Interface Of Digital Computer (AREA)
  • Image Analysis (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is an intelligent photographing method. The method comprises: first, a terminal extracts one or more first tags in general data of a user, the general data being used for representing identity features of the user. The terminal extracts one or more second tags in photography related data, the photography related data being used for representing photographing preferences of the user. Then, the terminal determines a third tag according to the one or more first tags and the one or more second tags. At last, the terminal adjusts, according to a set of image quality effect parameters corresponding to the third tag, the image quality of an image captured by the terminal. In this way, the terminal can provide with a user a photography effect that matches the personal preferences of the user, thereby improving the user experience.

Description

智能拍照方法、系统及相关装置Intelligent photographing method, system and related device 技术领域Technical field
本申请涉及电子技术领域,尤其涉及一种智能拍照方法、系统及相关装置。This application relates to the field of electronic technology, in particular to an intelligent photographing method, system and related device.
背景技术Background technique
随着人工智能技术领域的发展,智能终端设备也得到了不断深入的发展,利用智能终端设备进行拍照,记录生活中的点点滴滴,已经成为人们的生活方式,因此,人们对智能终端设备拍摄的照片的图片效果也越来越重视。With the development of artificial intelligence technology, smart terminal devices have also been continuously developed. Using smart terminal devices to take pictures and record bits and pieces of life has become a way of life for people. Therefore, people take photos of smart terminal devices The picture effect of the photos is also getting more and more attention.
目前,智能终端设备会在拍摄完成后、形成图片格式前,先对图像数据进行拍摄对象、环境的分析,然后根据分析的结果进行对应的美化处理,然后将美化完成的图像数据进一步形成图片格式。但是,智能终端设备对图片数据进行处理是针对所有用户的,无法满足不同用户对拍照效果的个性化偏好和诉求。At present, after the shooting is completed, the smart terminal device analyzes the image object and the environment before the image format is formed, and then performs the corresponding beautification processing according to the analysis result, and then further forms the beautified image data into the picture format . However, the processing of the picture data by the intelligent terminal device is aimed at all users, and cannot meet the personalized preferences and demands of different users for the photographing effect.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请提供了一种智能拍照方法、系统及相关装置,实现了为用户提供符合用户个性喜好的拍照效果,提高了用户的体验。The present application provides an intelligent photographing method, system and related device, which provides a user with a photographing effect that matches the user's personal preferences and improves the user's experience.
第一方面,本申请提供了一种智能拍照方法,包括:首先,终端提取用户的通用数据中的一个或多个第一标签;该通用数据用于表征该用户的身份特征。然后,该终端提取该用户的拍摄相关数据中的一个或多个第二标签。接着,该拍摄相关数据用于表征该用户的拍摄喜好。接着,该终端根据该一个或多个第一标签、该一个或多个第二标签,确定出第三标签。最后,该终端根据该第三标签对应的图像质量效果参数集,调节该终端拍摄到图像的图像质量。In a first aspect, the present application provides an intelligent photographing method, which includes: first, a terminal extracts one or more first tags in a user's general data; the general data is used to characterize the user's identity characteristics. Then, the terminal extracts one or more second tags in the user's shooting related data. Next, the shooting-related data is used to characterize the user's shooting preferences. Next, the terminal determines a third label based on the one or more first labels and the one or more second labels. Finally, the terminal adjusts the image quality of the image captured by the terminal according to the image quality effect parameter set corresponding to the third label.
通过本申请实施例,终端可以采集用户的数据,提取出表示用户身份特征的第一标签,提取表示用户的拍摄喜好的第二标签,根据第一标签和第二标签,融合出用户的第三标签,即,第三标签融合了用户的身份特征和用户的拍摄喜好。接着,终端利用第三标签对应的图像质量效果参数集,辅助用户拍摄出符合用户特征的拍照效果,实现了为用户提供符合用户个性的拍照效果,提高了用户的体验。Through the embodiment of the present application, the terminal can collect user data, extract a first tag representing the user's identity characteristics, extract a second tag representing the user's shooting preferences, and merge the user's third according to the first tag and the second tag The label, that is, the third label combines the user's identity characteristics and the user's shooting preferences. Next, the terminal uses the image quality effect parameter set corresponding to the third label to assist the user to take a photographing effect that matches the user's characteristics, to provide the user with a photographing effect that matches the user's personality, and to improve the user experience.
在一种可能的情况下,该终端提取出该通用数据中的一个或多个第一标签,可具体包括:该终端根据第一映射关系,提取出该通用数据对应的一个或多个第一标签;其中,该第一映射关系包括多组通用数据与多个第一标签的映射。这样,终端可以将通用数据与第一映射关系进行匹配,以得到用户的通用特征标签,即第一标签,这样,终端可以快速的提取出用户的通用特征标签。In a possible situation, the terminal extracting one or more first tags in the general data may specifically include: the terminal extracts one or more first tags corresponding to the general data according to the first mapping relationship Label; wherein, the first mapping relationship includes mapping of multiple sets of common data with multiple first labels. In this way, the terminal can match the general data with the first mapping relationship to obtain the user's general feature label, that is, the first label, so that the terminal can quickly extract the user's general feature label.
在一种可能的情况下,终端提取出该拍摄相关数据中的一个或多个第一标签,可以具体包括:首先,终端从该拍摄相关数据中,提取出一个或多个第一拍摄相关参数集。然后,终端将该一个或多个第一拍摄相关参数集输入第一神经网络模型,以得到该一个或多个第一分值向量集;其中,该第一分值向量集包括多个第四标签各自的第一分值,该第一分值用于表征该第一拍摄相关参数集与该第四标签的匹配度。接着,终端根据该一个或多个第 一拍摄相关参数集各自对应的第一分值向量集,从该多个第四标签中确定出该一个或多个第二标签。也即是说,终端可以利用神经网络模型,提取出该拍摄相关数据中的特征标签,这样,终端可以利用神经网络模型的自学习能力,提高终端提取出该拍摄相关数据中特征标签的准确性。In a possible case, the terminal extracts one or more first tags in the shooting related data, which may specifically include: First, the terminal extracts one or more first shooting related parameters from the shooting related data set. Then, the terminal inputs the one or more first shooting-related parameter sets into the first neural network model to obtain the one or more first score vector sets; wherein the first score vector set includes multiple fourth The first score of each tag. The first score is used to characterize the degree of matching between the first shooting-related parameter set and the fourth tag. Then, the terminal determines the one or more second tags from the plurality of fourth tags according to the first score vector set corresponding to each of the one or more first shooting related parameter sets. That is to say, the terminal can use the neural network model to extract the feature labels in the shooting related data, so that the terminal can use the self-learning ability of the neural network model to improve the accuracy of the terminal to extract the feature labels in the shooting related data .
在一种可能的情况下,所述一个或多个第二标签包括所述一个或多个第一拍摄相关参数集各自对应的第一分值向量集中,所述第一分值大于第一阈值的一个或多个第四标签。也即是说,终端可以将第四分值大于第一阈值的一个或多个第四标签,确定为上述一个或多个第二标签,由于第一分值的大小用于表示该用户与第四标签的匹配程度,第一分值越大,该用户的拍摄相关数据与第四标签的匹配程度越高,这样,终端可以提取出符合用户拍摄相关数据特征的一个或多个第二标签。In a possible case, the one or more second tags include a first set of score vectors corresponding to each of the one or more sets of first shooting-related parameters, and the first score is greater than a first threshold One or more fourth labels. That is to say, the terminal may determine one or more fourth tags with a fourth score greater than the first threshold as one or more second tags, because the size of the first score is used to indicate that the user and the second tag The matching degree of the four tags, the larger the first score, the higher the matching degree of the user's shooting related data and the fourth tag, so that the terminal can extract one or more second tags that match the characteristics of the user's shooting related data.
在一种可能的情况下,该一个或多个第二标签包括每一个该第一拍摄相关参数集对应的第一分值向量集中,该第一分值最高的一个或多个第四标签。也即是说,终端提取出用户的各第一分值向量集中第一分值最高的一个或多个第四标签,确定上述一个或第二个标签,这样,终端可以提高提取出用户的一个或多个第二标签的准确性。In a possible case, the one or more second tags include a first set of score vectors corresponding to each of the first shooting-related parameter sets, and one or more fourth tags with the highest first score. That is to say, the terminal extracts one or more fourth labels with the highest first score in each first score vector set of the user, and determines one or the second label above, so that the terminal can improve the extraction of a user Or the accuracy of multiple second labels.
在一种可能的情况下,在该终端将所述一个或多个第一拍摄相关参数集输入第一神经网络模型之前,该终端可以获取样本数据;该样本数据包括多组第一训练集,其中,每组第一训练集包括一组第二拍摄相关参数集和一组第二分值向量集。该终端根据该样本数据,通过深度学习算法训练出该第一神经网络模型。也即是说,终端可以根据样本数据,持续的训练神经网络模型,这样,终端可以提高提取出用户的一个或多个第二标签的准确性。In a possible situation, before the terminal inputs the one or more first shooting-related parameter sets into the first neural network model, the terminal may obtain sample data; the sample data includes multiple sets of first training sets, Wherein, each set of first training set includes a set of second shooting related parameter set and a set of second score vector set. The terminal trains the first neural network model through a deep learning algorithm based on the sample data. That is to say, the terminal can continuously train the neural network model according to the sample data, so that the terminal can improve the accuracy of extracting one or more second labels of the user.
在一种可能的情况下,该终端显示出第一界面,该第一界面包括多张样本图片。其中,每一张该样本图片对应有一组该第二拍摄相关参数集和一组该第二分值向量集;该第二拍摄相关参数集用于表征该样本图片的图像质量,该第二分组向量集包括该样本图片对应的该多个第四标签各自的第一分值。该终端接收该用户从该多张样本图片中选取一张或多张训练图片的第一输入操作。响应于该第一输入操作,该终端可以将该一张或多张训练图片对应的该第二拍摄相关参数集和该第二分值向量集,确定为该样本数据。也即是说,终端可以通过用户的预选选择的样本图片对应的样本数据对第一神经网络模型进行训练,这样,终端可以提取出符合用户个性化拍摄喜好的一个或多个第二特征标签。In a possible case, the terminal displays a first interface, and the first interface includes multiple sample pictures. Each sample picture corresponds to a set of the second shooting related parameter set and a set of the second score vector set; the second shooting related parameter set is used to characterize the image quality of the sample picture, the second grouping The vector set includes the first score of each of the plurality of fourth tags corresponding to the sample picture. The terminal receives the user's first input operation of selecting one or more training pictures from the plurality of sample pictures. In response to the first input operation, the terminal may determine the second shooting-related parameter set and the second score vector set corresponding to the one or more training pictures as the sample data. That is to say, the terminal can train the first neural network model through the sample data corresponding to the sample image preselected by the user, so that the terminal can extract one or more second feature tags that meet the user's personalized shooting preferences.
在一种可能的情况下,该终端可以判断该样本图片的数量是否小于训练数量,若是,则该终端从预存的训练集数据库中,取出一组或多组由该第二拍摄相关参数集和第二分值向量集作为该样本数据。也即是说,终端可以在用户选取的样本图片数量不足时,利用预先存储的训练集对第一神经网络进行训练,减少了用户的输入操作,提高了用户体验。In a possible case, the terminal can determine whether the number of sample pictures is less than the number of trainings. If so, the terminal takes one or more sets of the second shooting-related parameter set from the pre-stored training set database and The second set of score vectors is used as the sample data. That is to say, the terminal can use the pre-stored training set to train the first neural network when the number of sample images selected by the user is insufficient, which reduces the user's input operation and improves the user experience.
在一种可能的情况下,每个第一标签与每个第二标签共同对应有关联分值。该关联分值的大小用于表征该第一标签与该第二标签之间关联程度的高低。该方法具体包括:首先,该终端可以根据该一个或多个第一标签、该一个或多个第二标签,确定出该每个第二标签的总关联分值
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000001
其中,该T i为该一个或多个第二标签中的第i个第二标签的该总关联分值,该L 1为该一个或多个第一标签的权重,该L 2为该一个或多个第二标签的权重,该W k为该一个或多个第一标签中的第k个第一标签与该第i个第二标签共同对应的该关联分值,该R为该一个或多个第一标签的数量。然后,该终端根据该每个第二 标签的总关联分值,确定出该第三标签,其中,该第三标签为该一个或多个第二标签中的该总关联分值最高的一个。也即是说,终端可以给用户的第一标签和第二标签设置权值,以及给每个第一标签与每个第二标签设置对应的关联程度值。这样,终端可以使终端推荐给用户的图像质量调节参数,更符合用户的个性化喜好,提高用户体验。
In a possible situation, each first label and each second label jointly have an associated score. The size of the association score is used to characterize the degree of association between the first label and the second label. The method specifically includes: first, the terminal may determine the total association score of each second label according to the one or more first labels and the one or more second labels
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000001
Where T i is the total relevance score of the i-th second label among the one or more second labels, L 1 is the weight of the one or more first labels, and L 2 is the one The weight of the second label or multiple labels, where W k is the association score corresponding to the k-th first label and the i-th second label of the one or more first labels, and R is the one Or the number of multiple first labels. Then, the terminal determines the third label according to the total association score of each second label, where the third label is the one with the highest total association score among the one or more second labels. That is to say, the terminal may set the weight value for the first label and the second label of the user, and set the corresponding degree of association value for each first label and each second label. In this way, the terminal can make the image quality adjustment parameters recommended by the terminal to the user more in line with the user's personalized preferences and improve the user experience.
第二方面,本申请提供了一种终端,包括一个或多个处理器和一个或多个存储器。该一个或多个存储器与一个或多个处理器耦合,一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,当一个或多个处理器执行计算机指令时,使得通信装置执行上述任一方面任一项可能的实现方式中的智能拍照方法。In a second aspect, the present application provides a terminal, including one or more processors and one or more memories. The one or more memories are coupled to one or more processors. The one or more memories are used to store computer program code. The computer program codes include computer instructions. When the one or more processors execute the computer instructions, the communication device is executed. An intelligent photographing method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the above aspects.
第三方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机存储介质,包括计算机指令,当计算机指令在电子设备上运行时,使得通信装置执行上述任一方面任一项可能的实现方式中的智能拍照方法。In a third aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer storage medium, including computer instructions, which, when the computer instructions run on an electronic device, cause a communication device to execute the smart photographing method in any possible implementation manner of any of the above aspects .
第四方面,本申请实施例提供了一种计算机程序产品,当计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得计算机执行上述任一方面任一项可能的实现方式中的智能拍照方法。According to a fourth aspect, an embodiment of the present application provides a computer program product, which, when the computer program product runs on a computer, causes the computer to execute the smart photographing method in any possible implementation manner of any one of the above aspects.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例或现有技术中的技术方案,下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍。In order to more clearly explain the embodiments of the present application or the technical solutions in the prior art, the following will briefly introduce the drawings required for the description of the embodiments or the prior art.
图1为本申请实施例提供的一种终端的结构示意图;FIG. 1 is a schematic structural diagram of a terminal provided by an embodiment of this application;
图2为本申请实施例提供的一种软件架构示意图;2 is a schematic diagram of a software architecture provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图3为本申请实施例提供的一组界面示意图;3 is a schematic diagram of a set of interfaces provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图4为本申请实施例提供的另一组界面示意图;4 is a schematic diagram of another group of interfaces provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图5为本申请实施例提供的另一组界面示意图;5 is a schematic diagram of another group of interfaces provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图6为本申请实施例提供的另一组界面示意图;6 is a schematic diagram of another group of interfaces provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种智能拍照系统的架构示意图;7 is a schematic structural diagram of an intelligent camera system provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的一种用户数据预处理的流程示意图;8 is a schematic flowchart of a user data preprocessing process provided by an embodiment of this application;
图9为本申请实施例提供的一种提取用户的通用数据特征的流程示意图;9 is a schematic flowchart of extracting a user's general data features provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图10为本申请实施例提供的一种提取用户的拍摄相关数据特征提取的流程示意图;FIG. 10 is a schematic flowchart of extracting features of a user ’s shooting related data provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图11为本申请实施例提供的一种特征标签融合的流程示意图;11 is a schematic flowchart of a feature label fusion provided by an embodiment of this application;
图12为本申请实施例提供的一种设置终端拍照时的参数的流程示意图;12 is a schematic flowchart of setting a parameter when a terminal takes a picture provided by an embodiment of the present application;
图13为本申请实施例提供的一种用户数据库的结构示意图;13 is a schematic structural diagram of a user database provided by an embodiment of this application;
图14为本申请实施例提供的一种智能拍照方法的流程示意图。FIG. 14 is a schematic flowchart of an intelligent photographing method provided by an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式detailed description
下面将结合附图对本申请实施例中的技术方案进行清楚、详尽地描述。其中,在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“/”表示或的意思,例如,A/B可以表示A或B;文本中的“和/或”仅仅是一种描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B这三种情况。另外,在本申请实施例的描述中,“多个”是指两个或多于两个。The technical solutions in the embodiments of the present application will be described clearly and in detail below with reference to the drawings. In the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise stated, “/” means or, for example, A / B may mean A or B; “and / or” in the text is merely a description of the related object The association relationship indicates that there can be three kinds of relationships, for example, A and / or B, which can indicate that there are three situations: A exists alone, A and B exist simultaneously, and B exists alone. In addition, in the description of the embodiments of the present application, “plurality” refers to two or more than two.
以下,术语“第一”、“第二”仅用于描述目的,而不能理解为暗示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量。由此,限定有“第一”、“第二”的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。在本申请实施例的描述中,除非另有说明,“多个”的含义是两个或两个以上。In the following, the terms "first" and "second" are used for description purposes only and cannot be understood as implying or implying relative importance or implicitly indicating the number of technical features indicated. Thus, the features defined as "first" and "second" may explicitly or implicitly include one or more of the features. In the description of the embodiments of the present application, unless otherwise stated, the meaning of "plurality" is two or more.
图1示出了终端100的结构示意图。FIG. 1 shows a schematic structural diagram of the terminal 100.
如图1所示,终端100可以包括:处理器110,外部存储器接口120,内部存储器121,通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口130,充电管理模块140,电源管理模块141,电池142,天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,传感器模块180,按键190,马达191,指示器192,摄像头193,显示屏194,以及用户标识模块(subscriber identification module,SIM)卡接口195等。其中传感器模块180可以包括压力传感器180A,陀螺仪传感器180B,气压传感器180C,磁传感器180D,加速度传感器180E,距离传感器180F,接近光传感器180G,指纹传感器180H,温度传感器180J,触摸传感器180K,环境光传感器180L,骨传导传感器180M等。As shown in FIG. 1, the terminal 100 may include a processor 110, an external memory interface 120, an internal memory 121, a universal serial bus (USB) interface 130, a charging management module 140, a power management module 141, and a battery 142 , Antenna 1, antenna 2, mobile communication module 150, wireless communication module 160, audio module 170, speaker 170A, receiver 170B, microphone 170C, headphone jack 170D, sensor module 180, button 190, motor 191, indicator 192, camera 193 , A display screen 194, and a subscriber identification module (subscriber identification module, SIM) card interface 195, etc. The sensor module 180 may include a pressure sensor 180A, a gyro sensor 180B, an air pressure sensor 180C, a magnetic sensor 180D, an acceleration sensor 180E, a distance sensor 180F, a proximity light sensor 180G, a fingerprint sensor 180H, a temperature sensor 180J, a touch sensor 180K, and ambient light Sensor 180L, bone conduction sensor 180M, etc.
可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的结构并不构成对终端100的具体限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,终端100可以包括比图示更多或更少的部件,或者组合某些部件,或者拆分某些部件,或者不同的部件布置。图示的部件可以以硬件,软件或软件和硬件的组合实现。It can be understood that the structure illustrated in the embodiment of the present invention does not constitute a specific limitation on the terminal 100. In other embodiments of the present application, the terminal 100 may include more or less components than shown, or combine some components, or split some components, or arrange different components. The illustrated components can be implemented in hardware, software, or a combination of software and hardware.
处理器110可以包括一个或多个处理单元,例如:处理器110可以包括应用处理器(application processor,AP),调制解调处理器,图形处理器(graphics processing unit,GPU),图像信号处理器(image signal processor,ISP),控制器,存储器,视频编解码器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),基带处理器,和/或神经网络处理器(neural-network processing unit,NPU)等。其中,不同的处理单元可以是独立的器件,也可以集成在一个或多个处理器中。The processor 110 may include one or more processing units. For example, the processor 110 may include an application processor (application processor, AP), a modem processor, a graphics processor (graphics processing unit, GPU), and an image signal processor. (image) signal processor (ISP), controller, memory, video codec, digital signal processor (DSP), baseband processor, and / or neural-network processing unit (NPU) Wait. Among them, different processing units may be independent devices, or may be integrated in one or more processors.
其中,控制器可以是终端100的神经中枢和指挥中心。控制器可以根据指令操作码和时序信号,产生操作控制信号,完成取指令和执行指令的控制。The controller may be the nerve center and command center of the terminal 100. The controller can generate the operation control signal according to the instruction operation code and the timing signal to complete the control of fetching instructions and executing instructions.
处理器110中还可以设置存储器,用于存储指令和数据。在一些实施例中,处理器110中的存储器为高速缓冲存储器。该存储器可以保存处理器110刚用过或循环使用的指令或数据。如果处理器110需要再次使用该指令或数据,可从所述存储器中直接调用。避免了重复存取,减少了处理器110的等待时间,因而提高了系统的效率。The processor 110 may also be provided with a memory for storing instructions and data. In some embodiments, the memory in the processor 110 is a cache memory. The memory may store instructions or data that the processor 110 has just used or recycled. If the processor 110 needs to use the instruction or data again, it can be directly called from the memory. The repeated access is avoided, and the waiting time of the processor 110 is reduced, thereby improving the efficiency of the system.
在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包括一个或多个接口。接口可以包括集成电路(inter-integrated circuit,I2C)接口,集成电路内置音频(inter-integrated circuit sound,I2S)接口,脉冲编码调制(pulse code modulation,PCM)接口,通用异步收发传输器(universal asynchronous receiver/transmitter,UART)接口,移动产业处理器接口(mobile industry processor interface,MIPI),通用输入输出(general-purpose input/output,GPIO)接口,用户标识模块(subscriber identity module,SIM)接口,和/或通用串行总线(universal serial bus,USB)接口等。In some embodiments, the processor 110 may include one or more interfaces. Interfaces can include integrated circuit (inter-integrated circuit, I2C) interface, integrated circuit built-in audio (inter-integrated circuit, sound, I2S) interface, pulse code modulation (pulse code modulation (PCM) interface, universal asynchronous transceiver (universal asynchronous) receiver / transmitter, UART) interface, mobile industry processor interface (MIPI), general-purpose input / output (GPIO) interface, subscriber identity module (SIM) interface, and / Or universal serial bus (USB) interface, etc.
I2C接口是一种双向同步串行总线,包括一根串行数据线(serial data line,SDA)和一根串行时钟线(derail clock line,SCL)。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2C总线。处理器110可以通过不同的I2C总线接口分别耦合触摸传感器180K,充电器,闪光灯,摄像头193等。例如:处理器110可以通过I2C接口耦合触摸传感器180K,使处理器110与触摸传感器180K通过I2C总线接口通信,实现终端100的触摸功能。The I2C interface is a bidirectional synchronous serial bus, including a serial data line (serial data line, SDA) and a serial clock line (derail clock line, SCL). In some embodiments, the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2C buses. The processor 110 may be coupled to the touch sensor 180K, the charger, the flash, the camera 193, etc. through different I2C bus interfaces. For example, the processor 110 may couple the touch sensor 180K through the I2C interface, so that the processor 110 and the touch sensor 180K communicate through the I2C bus interface to realize the touch function of the terminal 100.
I2S接口可以用于音频通信。在一些实施例中,处理器110可以包含多组I2S总线。处理器110可以通过I2S总线与音频模块170耦合,实现处理器110与音频模块170之间的通信。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过I2S接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。The I2S interface can be used for audio communication. In some embodiments, the processor 110 may include multiple sets of I2S buses. The processor 110 may be coupled to the audio module 170 through an I2S bus to implement communication between the processor 110 and the audio module 170. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the I2S interface, to realize the function of answering the phone call through the Bluetooth headset.
PCM接口也可以用于音频通信,将模拟信号抽样,量化和编码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170与无线通信模块160可以通过PCM总线接口耦合。在一些实施例中,音频模块170也可以通过PCM接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机接听电话的功能。所述I2S接口和所述PCM接口都可以用于音频通信。The PCM interface can also be used for audio communication, sampling, quantizing and encoding analog signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 and the wireless communication module 160 may be coupled through a PCM bus interface. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 can also transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the PCM interface to realize the function of answering the call through the Bluetooth headset. Both the I2S interface and the PCM interface can be used for audio communication.
UART接口是一种通用串行数据总线,用于异步通信。该总线可以为双向通信总线。它将要传输的数据在串行通信与并行通信之间转换。在一些实施例中,UART接口通常被用于连接处理器110与无线通信模块160。例如:处理器110通过UART接口与无线通信模块160中的蓝牙模块通信,实现蓝牙功能。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以通过UART接口向无线通信模块160传递音频信号,实现通过蓝牙耳机播放音乐的功能。The UART interface is a universal serial data bus used for asynchronous communication. The bus may be a bidirectional communication bus. It converts the data to be transmitted between serial communication and parallel communication. In some embodiments, the UART interface is generally used to connect the processor 110 and the wireless communication module 160. For example, the processor 110 communicates with the Bluetooth module in the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface to implement the Bluetooth function. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may transmit audio signals to the wireless communication module 160 through the UART interface, so as to realize the function of playing music through the Bluetooth headset.
MIPI接口可以被用于连接处理器110与显示屏194,摄像头193等外围器件。MIPI接口包括摄像头串行接口(camera serial interface,CSI),显示屏串行接口(display serial interface,DSI)等。在一些实施例中,处理器110和摄像头193通过CSI接口通信,实现终端100的拍摄功能。处理器110和显示屏194通过DSI接口通信,实现终端100的显示功能。The MIPI interface can be used to connect the processor 110 to peripheral devices such as the display screen 194 and the camera 193. MIPI interface includes camera serial interface (camera serial interface, CSI), display serial interface (display serial interface, DSI) and so on. In some embodiments, the processor 110 and the camera 193 communicate through a CSI interface to implement the shooting function of the terminal 100. The processor 110 and the display screen 194 communicate through a DSI interface to realize the display function of the terminal 100.
GPIO接口可以通过软件配置。GPIO接口可以被配置为控制信号,也可被配置为数据信号。在一些实施例中,GPIO接口可以用于连接处理器110与摄像头193,显示屏194,无线通信模块160,音频模块170,传感器模块180等。GPIO接口还可以被配置为I2C接口,I2S接口,UART接口,MIPI接口等。The GPIO interface can be configured via software. The GPIO interface can be configured as a control signal or a data signal. In some embodiments, the GPIO interface may be used to connect the processor 110 to the camera 193, the display screen 194, the wireless communication module 160, the audio module 170, the sensor module 180, and the like. GPIO interface can also be configured as I2C interface, I2S interface, UART interface, MIPI interface, etc.
USB接口130是符合USB标准规范的接口,具体可以是Mini USB接口,Micro USB接口,USB Type C接口等。USB接口130可以用于连接充电器为终端100充电,也可以用于终端100与外围设备之间传输数据。也可以用于连接耳机,通过耳机播放音频。该接口还可以用于连接其他电子设备,例如AR设备等。The USB interface 130 is an interface that conforms to the USB standard, and may specifically be a Mini USB interface, a Micro USB interface, a USB Type C interface, etc. The USB interface 130 may be used to connect a charger to charge the terminal 100, or may be used to transfer data between the terminal 100 and peripheral devices. It can also be used to connect headphones and play audio through the headphones. The interface can also be used to connect other electronic devices, such as AR devices.
可以理解的是,本发明实施例示意的各模块间的接口连接关系,只是示意性说明,并不构成对终端100的结构限定。在本申请另一些实施例中,终端100也可以采用上述实施例中不同的接口连接方式,或多种接口连接方式的组合。It can be understood that the interface connection relationship between the modules illustrated in the embodiments of the present invention is only a schematic description, and does not constitute a limitation on the structure of the terminal 100. In some other embodiments of the present application, the terminal 100 may also use different interface connection methods in the foregoing embodiments, or a combination of multiple interface connection methods.
充电管理模块140用于从充电器接收充电输入。其中,充电器可以是无线充电器,也可以是有线充电器。在一些有线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过USB接口130接收有线充电器的充电输入。在一些无线充电的实施例中,充电管理模块140可以通过终端100的无线充电线圈接收无线充电输入。充电管理模块140为电池142充电的同时,还可以通过电源管理模块141为电子设备供电。The charging management module 140 is used to receive charging input from the charger. The charger can be a wireless charger or a wired charger. In some wired charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive the charging input of the wired charger through the USB interface 130. In some wireless charging embodiments, the charging management module 140 may receive wireless charging input through the wireless charging coil of the terminal 100. While the charging management module 140 charges the battery 142, it can also supply power to the electronic device through the power management module 141.
电源管理模块141用于连接电池142,充电管理模块140与处理器110。电源管理模块141接收电池142和/或充电管理模块140的输入,为处理器110,内部存储器121,外部存储器,显示屏194,摄像头193,和无线通信模块160等供电。电源管理模块141还可以用于监测电池容量,电池循环次数,电池健康状态(漏电,阻抗)等参数。在其他一些实施例中,电源管理模块141也可以设置于处理器110中。在另一些实施例中,电源管理模块141和充电管理模块140也可以设置于同一个器件中。The power management module 141 is used to connect the battery 142, the charging management module 140 and the processor 110. The power management module 141 receives input from the battery 142 and / or the charging management module 140, and supplies power to the processor 110, the internal memory 121, the external memory, the display screen 194, the camera 193, and the wireless communication module 160. The power management module 141 can also be used to monitor battery capacity, battery cycle times, battery health status (leakage, impedance) and other parameters. In some other embodiments, the power management module 141 may also be disposed in the processor 110. In other embodiments, the power management module 141 and the charging management module 140 may also be set in the same device.
终端100的无线通信功能可以通过天线1,天线2,移动通信模块150,无线通信模块160,调制解调处理器以及基带处理器等实现。The wireless communication function of the terminal 100 can be realized by the antenna 1, the antenna 2, the mobile communication module 150, the wireless communication module 160, the modem processor, and the baseband processor.
天线1和天线2用于发射和接收电磁波信号。终端100中的每个天线可用于覆盖单个或多个通信频带。不同的天线还可以复用,以提高天线的利用率。例如:可以将天线1复用为无线局域网的分集天线。在另外一些实施例中,天线可以和调谐开关结合使用。 Antenna 1 and antenna 2 are used to transmit and receive electromagnetic wave signals. Each antenna in the terminal 100 may be used to cover a single or multiple communication frequency bands. Different antennas can also be reused to improve antenna utilization. For example, the antenna 1 can be multiplexed as a diversity antenna of a wireless local area network. In other embodiments, the antenna may be used in conjunction with a tuning switch.
移动通信模块150可以提供应用在终端100上的包括2G/3G/4G/5G等无线通信的解决方案。移动通信模块150可以包括至少一个滤波器,开关,功率放大器,低噪声放大器(low noise amplifier,LNA)等。移动通信模块150可以由天线1接收电磁波,并对接收的电磁波进行滤波,放大等处理,传送至调制解调处理器进行解调。移动通信模块150还可以对经调制解调处理器调制后的信号放大,经天线1转为电磁波辐射出去。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以被设置于处理器110中。在一些实施例中,移动通信模块150的至少部分功能模块可以与处理器110的至少部分模块被设置在同一个器件中。The mobile communication module 150 may provide a wireless communication solution including 2G / 3G / 4G / 5G and the like applied to the terminal 100. The mobile communication module 150 may include at least one filter, switch, power amplifier, low noise amplifier (LNA), and the like. The mobile communication module 150 can receive the electromagnetic wave from the antenna 1, filter and amplify the received electromagnetic wave, and transmit it to the modem processor for demodulation. The mobile communication module 150 can also amplify the signal modulated by the modulation and demodulation processor and convert it to electromagnetic wave radiation through the antenna 1. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 may be provided in the processor 110. In some embodiments, at least part of the functional modules of the mobile communication module 150 and at least part of the modules of the processor 110 may be provided in the same device.
调制解调处理器可以包括调制器和解调器。其中,调制器用于将待发送的低频基带信号调制成中高频信号。解调器用于将接收的电磁波信号解调为低频基带信号。随后解调器将解调得到的低频基带信号传送至基带处理器处理。低频基带信号经基带处理器处理后,被传递给应用处理器。应用处理器通过音频设备(不限于扬声器170A,受话器170B等)输出声音信号,或通过显示屏194显示图像或视频。在一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以是独立的器件。在另一些实施例中,调制解调处理器可以独立于处理器110,与移动通信模块150或其他功能模块设置在同一个器件中。The modem processor may include a modulator and a demodulator. Among them, the modulator is used to modulate the low-frequency baseband signal to be transmitted into a high-frequency signal. The demodulator is used to demodulate the received electromagnetic wave signal into a low-frequency baseband signal. The demodulator then transmits the demodulated low-frequency baseband signal to the baseband processor for processing. The low-frequency baseband signal is processed by the baseband processor and then passed to the application processor. The application processor outputs a sound signal through an audio device (not limited to a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, etc.), or displays an image or video through a display screen 194. In some embodiments, the modem processor may be an independent device. In other embodiments, the modem processor may be independent of the processor 110, and may be set in the same device as the mobile communication module 150 or other functional modules.
无线通信模块160可以提供应用在终端100上的包括无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN)(如无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)网络),蓝牙(bluetooth,BT),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS),调频(frequency modulation,FM),近距离无线通信技术(near field communication,NFC),红外技术(infrared,IR)等无线通信的解决方案。无线通信模块160可以是集成至少一个通信处理模块的一个或多个器件。无线通信模块160经由天线2接收电磁波,将电磁波信号调频以及滤波处理,将处理后的信号发送到处理器110。无线通信模块160还可以从处理器110接收待发送的信号,对其进行调频,放大,经天线2转为电磁波辐射出去。The wireless communication module 160 can provide wireless local area networks (WLAN) (such as wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) networks), Bluetooth (bluetooth, BT), and global navigation satellite systems that are applied to the terminal 100. (global navigation system (GNSS), frequency modulation (FM), near field communication (NFC), infrared technology (infrared, IR) and other wireless communication solutions. The wireless communication module 160 may be one or more devices integrating at least one communication processing module. The wireless communication module 160 receives the electromagnetic wave via the antenna 2, frequency-modulates and filters the electromagnetic wave signal, and sends the processed signal to the processor 110. The wireless communication module 160 may also receive the signal to be transmitted from the processor 110, frequency-modulate it, amplify it, and convert it to electromagnetic waves through the antenna 2 to radiate it out.
在一些实施例中,终端100的天线1和移动通信模块150耦合,天线2和无线通信模块160耦合,使得终端100可以通过无线通信技术与网络以及其他设备通信。所述无线通信技术可以包括全球移动通讯系统(global system for mobile communications,GSM),通用分组无线服务(general packet radio service,GPRS),码分多址接入(code division multiple access, CDMA),宽带码分多址(wideband code division multiple access,WCDMA),时分码分多址(time-division code division multiple access,TD-SCDMA),长期演进(long term evolution,LTE),BT,GNSS,WLAN,NFC,FM,和/或IR技术等。所述GNSS可以包括全球卫星定位系统(global positioning system,GPS),全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GLONASS),北斗卫星导航系统(beidou navigation satellite system,BDS),准天顶卫星系统(quasi-zenith satellite system,QZSS)和/或星基增强系统(satellite based augmentation systems,SBAS)。In some embodiments, the antenna 1 of the terminal 100 is coupled to the mobile communication module 150, and the antenna 2 is coupled to the wireless communication module 160, so that the terminal 100 can communicate with the network and other devices through wireless communication technology. The wireless communication technology may include global mobile communication system (global system for mobile communications, GSM), general packet radio service (general packet radio service, GPRS), code division multiple access (code division multiple access, CDMA), broadband Wideband code division multiple access (WCDMA), time-division code division multiple access (TD-SCDMA), long-term evolution (LTE), BT, GNSS, WLAN, NFC , FM, and / or IR technology, etc. The GNSS may include a global positioning system (GPS), a global navigation satellite system (GLONASS), a beidou navigation system (BDS), and a quasi-zenith satellite system (quasi -zenith satellite system (QZSS) and / or satellite-based augmentation system (SBAS).
终端100通过GPU,显示屏194,以及应用处理器等实现显示功能。GPU为图像处理的微处理器,连接显示屏194和应用处理器。GPU用于执行数学和几何计算,用于图形渲染。处理器110可包括一个或多个GPU,其执行程序指令以生成或改变显示信息。The terminal 100 implements a display function through a GPU, a display screen 194, and an application processor. The GPU is a microprocessor for image processing, connecting the display screen 194 and the application processor. The GPU is used to perform mathematical and geometric calculations, and is used for graphics rendering. The processor 110 may include one or more GPUs that execute program instructions to generate or change display information.
显示屏194用于显示图像,视频等。显示屏194包括显示面板。显示面板可以采用液晶显示屏(liquid crystal display,LCD),有机发光二极管(organic light-emitting diode,OLED),有源矩阵有机发光二极体或主动矩阵有机发光二极体(active-matrix organic light emitting diode的,AMOLED),柔性发光二极管(flex light-emitting diode,FLED),Miniled,MicroLed,Micro-oLed,量子点发光二极管(quantum dot light emitting diodes,QLED)等。在一些实施例中,终端100可以包括1个或N个显示屏194,N为大于1的正整数。The display screen 194 is used to display images, videos and the like. The display screen 194 includes a display panel. The display panel may use a liquid crystal display (LCD), an organic light-emitting diode (OLED), an active matrix organic light-emitting diode or an active matrix organic light-emitting diode (active-matrix organic light) emitting diode, AMOLED), flexible light-emitting diode (FLED), Miniled, MicroLed, Micro-oLed, quantum dot light emitting diode (QLED), etc. In some embodiments, the terminal 100 may include 1 or N display screens 194, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
终端100可以通过ISP,摄像头193,视频编解码器,GPU,显示屏194以及应用处理器等实现拍摄功能。The terminal 100 can realize a shooting function through an ISP, a camera 193, a video codec, a GPU, a display screen 194, an application processor, and the like.
ISP用于处理摄像头193反馈的数据。例如,拍照时,打开快门,光线通过镜头被传递到摄像头感光元件上,光信号转换为电信号,摄像头感光元件将所述电信号传递给ISP处理,转化为肉眼可见的图像。ISP还可以对图像的噪点,亮度,肤色进行算法优化。ISP还可以对拍摄场景的曝光,色温等参数优化。在一些实施例中,ISP可以设置在摄像头193中。The ISP processes the data fed back by the camera 193. For example, when taking a picture, the shutter is opened, the light is transmitted to the camera photosensitive element through the lens, the optical signal is converted into an electrical signal, and the camera photosensitive element transmits the electrical signal to the ISP for processing, and converts it into an image visible to the naked eye. ISP can also optimize the algorithm of image noise, brightness and skin color. ISP can also optimize the exposure, color temperature and other parameters of the shooting scene. In some embodiments, the ISP may be set in the camera 193.
摄像头193用于捕获静态图像或视频。物体通过镜头生成光学图像投射到感光元件。感光元件可以是电荷耦合器件(charge coupled device,CCD)或互补金属氧化物半导体(complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor,CMOS)光电晶体管。感光元件把光信号转换成电信号,之后将电信号传递给ISP转换成数字图像信号。ISP将数字图像信号输出到DSP加工处理。DSP将数字图像信号转换成标准的RGB,YUV等格式的图像信号。在一些实施例中,终端100可以包括1个或N个摄像头193,N为大于1的正整数。The camera 193 is used to capture still images or videos. The object generates an optical image through the lens and projects it onto the photosensitive element. The photosensitive element may be a charge coupled device (charge coupled device, CCD) or a complementary metal-oxide-semiconductor (CMOS) phototransistor. The photosensitive element converts the optical signal into an electrical signal, and then transmits the electrical signal to the ISP to convert it into a digital image signal. The ISP outputs the digital image signal to the DSP for processing. DSP converts digital image signals into standard RGB, YUV and other image signals. In some embodiments, the terminal 100 may include 1 or N cameras 193, where N is a positive integer greater than 1.
数字信号处理器用于处理数字信号,除了可以处理数字图像信号,还可以处理其他数字信号。例如,当终端100在频点选择时,数字信号处理器用于对频点能量进行傅里叶变换等。The digital signal processor is used to process digital signals. In addition to digital image signals, it can also process other digital signals. For example, when the terminal 100 is selected at a frequency point, the digital signal processor is used to perform Fourier transform on the energy at the frequency point.
视频编解码器用于对数字视频压缩或解压缩。终端100可以支持一种或多种视频编解码器。这样,终端100可以播放或录制多种编码格式的视频,例如:动态图像专家组(moving picture experts group,MPEG)1,MPEG2,MPEG3,MPEG4等。Video codec is used to compress or decompress digital video. The terminal 100 may support one or more video codecs. In this way, the terminal 100 can play or record videos in multiple encoding formats, such as: moving picture experts group (moving picture experts, MPEG) 1, MPEG2, MPEG3, MPEG4, and so on.
NPU为神经网络(neural-network,NN)计算处理器,通过借鉴生物神经网络结构,例如借鉴人脑神经元之间传递模式,对输入信息快速处理,还可以不断的自学习。通过NPU可以实现终端100的智能认知等应用,例如:图像识别,人脸识别,语音识别,文本理解 等。NPU is a neural-network (NN) computing processor. By drawing on the structure of biological neural networks, such as the transfer mode between neurons in the human brain, the input information can be processed quickly, and it can also continuously learn by itself. The NPU can realize applications such as intelligent recognition of the terminal 100, such as image recognition, face recognition, voice recognition, and text understanding.
外部存储器接口120可以用于连接外部存储卡,例如Micro SD卡,实现扩展终端100的存储能力。外部存储卡通过外部存储器接口120与处理器110通信,实现数据存储功能。例如将音乐,视频等文件保存在外部存储卡中。The external memory interface 120 may be used to connect an external memory card, such as a Micro SD card, to achieve expansion of the storage capacity of the terminal 100. The external memory card communicates with the processor 110 through the external memory interface 120 to realize the data storage function. For example, save music, video and other files in an external memory card.
内部存储器121可以用于存储计算机可执行程序代码,所述可执行程序代码包括指令。处理器110通过运行存储在内部存储器121的指令,从而执行终端100的各种功能应用以及数据处理。内部存储器121可以包括存储程序区和存储数据区。其中,存储程序区可存储操作系统,至少一个功能所需的应用程序(比如声音播放功能,图像播放功能等)等。存储数据区可存储终端100使用过程中所创建的数据(比如音频数据,电话本等)等。此外,内部存储器121可以包括高速随机存取存储器,还可以包括非易失性存储器,例如至少一个磁盘存储器件,闪存器件,通用闪存存储器(universal flash storage,UFS)等。The internal memory 121 may be used to store computer executable program code, where the executable program code includes instructions. The processor 110 executes instructions stored in the internal memory 121 to execute various functional applications and data processing of the terminal 100. The internal memory 121 may include a storage program area and a storage data area. Among them, the storage program area may store an operating system, at least one function required application programs (such as sound playback function, image playback function, etc.) and so on. The storage data area may store data (such as audio data, phone book, etc.) created during the use of the terminal 100 and the like. In addition, the internal memory 121 may include a high-speed random access memory, and may also include a non-volatile memory, such as at least one disk storage device, a flash memory device, a universal flash memory (universal flash storage, UFS), and so on.
终端100可以通过音频模块170,扬声器170A,受话器170B,麦克风170C,耳机接口170D,以及应用处理器等实现音频功能。例如音乐播放,录音等。The terminal 100 may implement audio functions through an audio module 170, a speaker 170A, a receiver 170B, a microphone 170C, a headphone interface 170D, and an application processor. For example, music playback, recording, etc.
音频模块170用于将数字音频信息转换成模拟音频信号输出,也用于将模拟音频输入转换为数字音频信号。音频模块170还可以用于对音频信号编码和解码。在一些实施例中,音频模块170可以设置于处理器110中,或将音频模块170的部分功能模块设置于处理器110中。The audio module 170 is used to convert digital audio information into analog audio signal output, and also used to convert analog audio input into digital audio signal. The audio module 170 can also be used to encode and decode audio signals. In some embodiments, the audio module 170 may be disposed in the processor 110, or some functional modules of the audio module 170 may be disposed in the processor 110.
扬声器170A,也称“喇叭”,用于将音频电信号转换为声音信号。终端100可以通过扬声器170A收听音乐,或收听免提通话。The speaker 170A, also called "speaker", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. The terminal 100 may listen to music through the speaker 170A, or listen to a hands-free call.
受话器170B,也称“听筒”,用于将音频电信号转换成声音信号。当终端100接听电话或语音信息时,可以通过将受话器170B靠近人耳接听语音。The receiver 170B, also known as "handset", is used to convert audio electrical signals into sound signals. When the terminal 100 answers a call or voice message, it can answer the voice by holding the receiver 170B close to the ear.
麦克风170C,也称“话筒”,“传声器”,用于将声音信号转换为电信号。当拨打电话或发送语音信息时,用户可以通过人嘴靠近麦克风170C发声,将声音信号输入到麦克风170C。终端100可以设置至少一个麦克风170C。在另一些实施例中,终端100可以设置两个麦克风170C,除了采集声音信号,还可以实现降噪功能。在另一些实施例中,终端100还可以设置三个,四个或更多麦克风170C,实现采集声音信号,降噪,还可以识别声音来源,实现定向录音功能等。 Microphone 170C, also known as "microphone", "microphone", is used to convert sound signals into electrical signals. When making a call or sending a voice message, the user can make a sound by approaching the microphone 170C through a person's mouth, and input a sound signal to the microphone 170C. The terminal 100 may be provided with at least one microphone 170C. In other embodiments, the terminal 100 may be provided with two microphones 170C. In addition to collecting sound signals, it may also implement a noise reduction function. In other embodiments, the terminal 100 may also be provided with three, four or more microphones 170C to collect sound signals, reduce noise, identify sound sources, and implement directional recording functions.
耳机接口170D用于连接有线耳机。耳机接口170D可以是USB接口130,也可以是3.5mm的开放移动电子设备平台(open mobile terminal platform,OMTP)标准接口,美国蜂窝电信工业协会(cellular telecommunications industry association of the USA,CTIA)标准接口。The headset interface 170D is used to connect wired headsets. The earphone interface 170D may be a USB interface 130, or a 3.5mm open mobile electronic device (open mobile terminal) platform (OMTP) standard interface, the American Telecommunications Industry Association (cellular telecommunications industry association of the United States, CTIA) standard interface.
压力传感器180A用于感受压力信号,可以将压力信号转换成电信号。在一些实施例中,压力传感器180A可以设置于显示屏194。压力传感器180A的种类很多,如电阻式压力传感器,电感式压力传感器,电容式压力传感器等。电容式压力传感器可以是包括至少两个具有导电材料的平行板。当有力作用于压力传感器180A,电极之间的电容改变。终端100根据电容的变化确定压力的强度。当有触摸操作作用于显示屏194,终端100根据压力传感器180A检测所述触摸操作强度。终端100也可以根据压力传感器180A的检测信号计算触摸的位置。在一些实施例中,作用于相同触摸位置,但不同触摸操作强度的触摸操作,可以对应不同的操作指令。例如:当有触摸操作强度小于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于 短消息应用图标时,执行查看短消息的指令。当有触摸操作强度大于或等于第一压力阈值的触摸操作作用于短消息应用图标时,执行新建短消息的指令。The pressure sensor 180A is used to sense the pressure signal and can convert the pressure signal into an electrical signal. In some embodiments, the pressure sensor 180A may be provided on the display screen 194. There are many types of pressure sensors 180A, such as resistive pressure sensors, inductive pressure sensors, and capacitive pressure sensors. The capacitive pressure sensor may be a parallel plate including at least two conductive materials. When force is applied to the pressure sensor 180A, the capacitance between the electrodes changes. The terminal 100 determines the intensity of the pressure according to the change in capacitance. When a touch operation is applied to the display screen 194, the terminal 100 detects the intensity of the touch operation according to the pressure sensor 180A. The terminal 100 may calculate the touched position based on the detection signal of the pressure sensor 180A. In some embodiments, touch operations that act on the same touch position but have different touch operation intensities may correspond to different operation instructions. For example, when a touch operation with a touch operation intensity less than the first pressure threshold is applied to the short message application icon, an instruction to view the short message is executed. When a touch operation with a touch operation intensity greater than or equal to the first pressure threshold acts on the short message application icon, an instruction to create a new short message is executed.
陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于确定终端100的运动姿态。在一些实施例中,可以通过陀螺仪传感器180B确定终端100围绕三个轴(即,x,y和z轴)的角速度。陀螺仪传感器180B可以用于拍摄防抖。示例性的,当按下快门,陀螺仪传感器180B检测终端100抖动的角度,根据角度计算出镜头模组需要补偿的距离,让镜头通过反向运动抵消终端100的抖动,实现防抖。陀螺仪传感器180B还可以用于导航,体感游戏场景。The gyro sensor 180B may be used to determine the movement posture of the terminal 100. In some embodiments, the angular velocity of the terminal 100 around three axes (ie, x, y, and z axes) may be determined by the gyro sensor 180B. The gyro sensor 180B can be used for shooting anti-shake. Exemplarily, when the shutter is pressed, the gyro sensor 180B detects the shaking angle of the terminal 100, calculates the distance that the lens module needs to compensate based on the angle, and allows the lens to counteract the shaking of the terminal 100 through reverse movement to achieve anti-shake. The gyro sensor 180B can also be used for navigation and somatosensory game scenes.
气压传感器180C用于测量气压。在一些实施例中,终端100通过气压传感器180C测得的气压值计算海拔高度,辅助定位和导航。The air pressure sensor 180C is used to measure air pressure. In some embodiments, the terminal 100 calculates the altitude by using the air pressure value measured by the air pressure sensor 180C to assist positioning and navigation.
磁传感器180D包括霍尔传感器。终端100可以利用磁传感器180D检测翻盖皮套的开合。在一些实施例中,当终端100是翻盖机时,终端100可以根据磁传感器180D检测翻盖的开合。进而根据检测到的皮套的开合状态或翻盖的开合状态,设置翻盖自动解锁等特性。The magnetic sensor 180D includes a Hall sensor. The terminal 100 may detect the opening and closing of the flip holster using the magnetic sensor 180D. In some embodiments, when the terminal 100 is a clamshell machine, the terminal 100 may detect the opening and closing of the clamshell according to the magnetic sensor 180D. Furthermore, according to the detected opening and closing state of the holster or the opening and closing state of the flip cover, characteristics such as automatic unlocking of the flip cover are set.
加速度传感器180E可检测终端100在各个方向上(一般为三轴)加速度的大小。当终端100静止时可检测出重力的大小及方向。还可以用于识别电子设备姿态,应用于横竖屏切换,计步器等应用。The acceleration sensor 180E can detect the magnitude of the acceleration of the terminal 100 in various directions (generally three axes). When the terminal 100 is stationary, the magnitude and direction of gravity can be detected. It can also be used to recognize the posture of electronic devices, and be used in applications such as horizontal and vertical screen switching and pedometers.
距离传感器180F,用于测量距离。终端100可以通过红外或激光测量距离。在一些实施例中,拍摄场景,终端100可以利用距离传感器180F测距以实现快速对焦。The distance sensor 180F is used to measure the distance. The terminal 100 can measure the distance by infrared or laser. In some embodiments, when shooting scenes, the terminal 100 may use the distance sensor 180F to measure distance to achieve fast focusing.
接近光传感器180G可以包括例如发光二极管(LED)和光检测器,例如光电二极管。发光二极管可以是红外发光二极管。终端100通过发光二极管向外发射红外光。终端100使用光电二极管检测来自附近物体的红外反射光。当检测到充分的反射光时,可以确定终端100附近有物体。当检测到不充分的反射光时,终端100可以确定终端100附近没有物体。终端100可以利用接近光传感器180G检测用户手持终端100贴近耳朵通话,以便自动熄灭屏幕达到省电的目的。接近光传感器180G也可用于皮套模式,口袋模式自动解锁与锁屏。The proximity light sensor 180G may include, for example, a light emitting diode (LED) and a light detector, such as a photodiode. The light emitting diode may be an infrared light emitting diode. The terminal 100 emits infrared light outward through the light emitting diode. The terminal 100 uses a photodiode to detect infrared reflected light from nearby objects. When sufficient reflected light is detected, it may be determined that there is an object near the terminal 100. When insufficient reflected light is detected, the terminal 100 may determine that there is no object near the terminal 100. The terminal 100 can use the proximity light sensor 180G to detect that the user is holding the terminal 100 close to the ear to talk, so as to automatically turn off the screen to save power. The proximity light sensor 180G can also be used in leather case mode, pocket mode automatically unlocks and locks the screen.
环境光传感器180L用于感知环境光亮度。终端100可以根据感知的环境光亮度自适应调节显示屏194亮度。环境光传感器180L也可用于拍照时自动调节白平衡。环境光传感器180L还可以与接近光传感器180G配合,检测终端100是否在口袋里,以防误触。The ambient light sensor 180L is used to sense the brightness of ambient light. The terminal 100 may adaptively adjust the brightness of the display screen 194 according to the perceived ambient light brightness. The ambient light sensor 180L can also be used to automatically adjust the white balance when taking pictures. The ambient light sensor 180L can also cooperate with the proximity light sensor 180G to detect whether the terminal 100 is in a pocket to prevent accidental touch.
指纹传感器180H用于采集指纹。终端100可以利用采集的指纹特性实现指纹解锁,访问应用锁,指纹拍照,指纹接听来电等。The fingerprint sensor 180H is used to collect fingerprints. The terminal 100 can use the collected fingerprint characteristics to unlock the fingerprint, access the application lock, take a picture of the fingerprint, and answer the call with the fingerprint.
温度传感器180J用于检测温度。在一些实施例中,终端100利用温度传感器180J检测的温度,执行温度处理策略。例如,当温度传感器180J上报的温度超过阈值,终端100执行降低位于温度传感器180J附近的处理器的性能,以便降低功耗实施热保护。在另一些实施例中,当温度低于另一阈值时,终端100对电池142加热,以避免低温导致终端100异常关机。在其他一些实施例中,当温度低于又一阈值时,终端100对电池142的输出电压执行升压,以避免低温导致的异常关机。The temperature sensor 180J is used to detect the temperature. In some embodiments, the terminal 100 uses the temperature detected by the temperature sensor 180J to execute a temperature processing strategy. For example, when the temperature reported by the temperature sensor 180J exceeds a threshold value, the terminal 100 performs to reduce the performance of the processor located near the temperature sensor 180J in order to reduce power consumption and implement thermal protection. In other embodiments, when the temperature is lower than another threshold, the terminal 100 heats the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown of the terminal 100 due to low temperature. In some other embodiments, when the temperature is below another threshold, the terminal 100 performs boosting on the output voltage of the battery 142 to avoid abnormal shutdown due to low temperature.
触摸传感器180K,也称“触控面板”。触摸传感器180K可以设置于显示屏194,由触摸传感器180K与显示屏194组成触摸屏,也称“触控屏”。触摸传感器180K用于检测作用 于其上或附近的触摸操作。触摸传感器可以将检测到的触摸操作传递给应用处理器,以确定触摸事件类型。可以通过显示屏194提供与触摸操作相关的视觉输出。在另一些实施例中,触摸传感器180K也可以设置于终端100的表面,与显示屏194所处的位置不同。Touch sensor 180K, also known as "touch panel". The touch sensor 180K may be provided on the display screen 194, and the touch sensor 180K and the display screen 194 constitute a touch screen, also called a "touch screen". The touch sensor 180K is used to detect a touch operation acting on or near it. The touch sensor can pass the detected touch operation to the application processor to determine the type of touch event. The visual output related to the touch operation can be provided through the display screen 194. In other embodiments, the touch sensor 180K may also be disposed on the surface of the terminal 100, which is different from the location where the display screen 194 is located.
骨传导传感器180M可以获取振动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M可以获取人体声部振动骨块的振动信号。骨传导传感器180M也可以接触人体脉搏,接收血压跳动信号。在一些实施例中,骨传导传感器180M也可以设置于耳机中,结合成骨传导耳机。音频模块170可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的声部振动骨块的振动信号,解析出语音信号,实现语音功能。应用处理器可以基于所述骨传导传感器180M获取的血压跳动信号解析心率信息,实现心率检测功能。The bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire vibration signals. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M can acquire the vibration signal of the vibrating bone mass of the human body part. The bone conduction sensor 180M can also contact the pulse of the human body and receive a blood pressure beating signal. In some embodiments, the bone conduction sensor 180M may also be provided in the earphone and combined into a bone conduction earphone. The audio module 170 may parse out the voice signal based on the vibration signal of the vibrating bone block of the voice part acquired by the bone conduction sensor 180M to realize the voice function. The application processor may analyze the heart rate information based on the blood pressure beating signal acquired by the bone conduction sensor 180M to implement the heart rate detection function.
按键190包括开机键,音量键等。按键190可以是机械按键。也可以是触摸式按键。终端100可以接收按键输入,产生与终端100的用户设置以及功能控制有关的键信号输入。The key 190 includes a power-on key, a volume key, and the like. The key 190 may be a mechanical key. It can also be a touch button. The terminal 100 may receive key input and generate key signal input related to user settings and function control of the terminal 100.
马达191可以产生振动提示。马达191可以用于来电振动提示,也可以用于触摸振动反馈。例如,作用于不同应用(例如拍照,音频播放等)的触摸操作,可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。作用于显示屏194不同区域的触摸操作,马达191也可对应不同的振动反馈效果。不同的应用场景(例如:时间提醒,接收信息,闹钟,游戏等)也可以对应不同的振动反馈效果。触摸振动反馈效果还可以支持自定义。The motor 191 may generate a vibration prompt. The motor 191 can be used for vibration notification of incoming calls and can also be used for touch vibration feedback. For example, touch operations applied to different applications (such as taking pictures, playing audio, etc.) may correspond to different vibration feedback effects. For the touch operation in different areas of the display screen 194, the motor 191 can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. Different application scenarios (for example: time reminder, receiving information, alarm clock, game, etc.) can also correspond to different vibration feedback effects. Touch vibration feedback effect can also support customization.
指示器192可以是指示灯,可以用于指示充电状态,电量变化,也可以用于指示消息,未接来电,通知等。The indicator 192 may be an indicator light, which may be used to indicate a charging state, a power change, and may also be used to indicate a message, a missed call, a notification, and the like.
SIM卡接口195用于连接SIM卡。SIM卡可以通过插入SIM卡接口195,或从SIM卡接口195拔出,实现和终端100的接触和分离。终端100可以支持1个或N个SIM卡接口,N为大于1的正整数。SIM卡接口195可以支持Nano SIM卡,Micro SIM卡,SIM卡等。同一个SIM卡接口195可以同时插入多张卡。所述多张卡的类型可以相同,也可以不同。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容不同类型的SIM卡。SIM卡接口195也可以兼容外部存储卡。终端100通过SIM卡和网络交互,实现通话以及数据通信等功能。在一些实施例中,终端100采用eSIM,即:嵌入式SIM卡。eSIM卡可以嵌在终端100中,不能和终端100分离。The SIM card interface 195 is used to connect a SIM card. The SIM card can be inserted into or removed from the SIM card interface 195 to achieve contact and separation with the terminal 100. The terminal 100 may support 1 or N SIM card interfaces, where N is a positive integer greater than 1. The SIM card interface 195 can support Nano SIM cards, Micro SIM cards, SIM cards, etc. The same SIM card interface 195 can insert multiple cards at the same time. The types of the multiple cards may be the same or different. The SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with different types of SIM cards. The SIM card interface 195 can also be compatible with external memory cards. The terminal 100 interacts with the network through the SIM card to realize functions such as call and data communication. In some embodiments, the terminal 100 uses eSIM, that is, an embedded SIM card. The eSIM card can be embedded in the terminal 100 and cannot be separated from the terminal 100.
终端100的软件系统可以采用分层架构,事件驱动架构,微核架构,微服务架构,或云架构。本发明实施例以分层架构的Android系统为例,示例性说明终端100的软件结构。The software system of the terminal 100 may adopt a layered architecture, an event-driven architecture, a micro-core architecture, a micro-service architecture, or a cloud architecture. The embodiment of the present invention takes an Android system with a layered architecture as an example to exemplarily explain the software structure of the terminal 100.
图2是本发明实施例的终端100的软件结构框图。2 is a block diagram of the software structure of the terminal 100 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
分层架构将软件分成若干个层,每一层都有清晰的角色和分工。层与层之间通过软件接口通信。在一些实施例中,将Android系统分为四层,从上至下分别为应用程序层,应用程序框架层,安卓运行时(Android runtime)和系统库,以及内核层。The layered architecture divides the software into several layers, and each layer has a clear role and division of labor. The layers communicate with each other through a software interface. In some embodiments, the Android system is divided into four layers, from top to bottom are the application layer, the application framework layer, the Android runtime and the system library, and the kernel layer.
应用程序层可以包括一系列应用程序包。The application layer may include a series of application packages.
如图2所示,应用程序包可以包括相机,图库,日历,通话,地图,导航,WLAN,蓝牙,音乐,视频,短信息等应用程序。As shown in FIG. 2, the application package may include applications such as camera, gallery, calendar, call, map, navigation, WLAN, Bluetooth, music, video, and short message.
应用程序框架层为应用程序层的应用程序提供应用编程接口(application programming interface,API)和编程框架。应用程序框架层包括一些预先定义的函数。The application framework layer provides an application programming interface (application programming interface) and programming framework for applications at the application layer. The application framework layer includes some predefined functions.
如图2所示,应用程序框架层可以包括窗口管理器,内容提供器,视图系统,电话管 理器,资源管理器,通知管理器等。As shown in FIG. 2, the application framework layer may include a window manager, a content provider, a view system, a phone manager, a resource manager, a notification manager, and so on.
窗口管理器用于管理窗口程序。窗口管理器可以获取显示屏大小,判断是否有状态栏,锁定屏幕,截取屏幕等。The window manager is used to manage window programs. The window manager can obtain the size of the display screen, determine whether there is a status bar, lock the screen, intercept the screen, etc.
内容提供器用来存放和获取数据,并使这些数据可以被应用程序访问。所述数据可以包括视频,图像,音频,拨打和接听的电话,浏览历史和书签,电话簿等。Content providers are used to store and retrieve data and make it accessible to applications. The data may include videos, images, audio, calls made and received, browsing history and bookmarks, phone book, etc.
视图系统包括可视控件,例如显示文字的控件,显示图片的控件等。视图系统可用于构建应用程序。显示界面可以由一个或多个视图组成的。例如,包括短信通知图标的显示界面,可以包括显示文字的视图以及显示图片的视图。The view system includes visual controls, such as controls for displaying text and controls for displaying pictures. The view system can be used to build applications. The display interface can be composed of one or more views. For example, a display interface including an SMS notification icon may include a view that displays text and a view that displays pictures.
电话管理器用于提供终端100的通信功能。例如通话状态的管理(包括接通,挂断等)。The phone manager is used to provide the communication function of the terminal 100. For example, the management of the call state (including connection, hang up, etc.).
资源管理器为应用程序提供各种资源,比如本地化字符串,图标,图片,布局文件,视频文件等等。The resource manager provides various resources for the application, such as localized strings, icons, pictures, layout files, video files, and so on.
通知管理器使应用程序可以在状态栏中显示通知信息,可以用于传达告知类型的消息,可以短暂停留后自动消失,无需用户交互。比如通知管理器被用于告知下载完成,消息提醒等。通知管理器还可以是以图表或者滚动条文本形式出现在系统顶部状态栏的通知,例如后台运行的应用程序的通知,还可以是以对话窗口形式出现在屏幕上的通知。例如在状态栏提示文本信息,发出提示音,电子设备振动,指示灯闪烁等。The notification manager enables applications to display notification information in the status bar, which can be used to convey notification-type messages, and can disappear after a short stay without user interaction. For example, the notification manager is used to notify the completion of downloading, message reminders, etc. The notification manager can also be a notification that appears in the status bar at the top of the system in the form of a chart or scroll bar text, such as a notification of an application running in the background, or a notification that appears on the screen in the form of a dialog window. For example, the text message is displayed in the status bar, a prompt sound is emitted, the electronic device vibrates, and the indicator light flashes.
Android Runtime包括核心库和虚拟机。Android runtime负责安卓系统的调度和管理。Android Runtime includes core library and virtual machine. Android runtime is responsible for the scheduling and management of the Android system.
核心库包含两部分:一部分是java语言需要调用的功能函数,另一部分是安卓的核心库。The core library contains two parts: one part is the function function that Java language needs to call, and the other part is the core library of Android.
应用程序层和应用程序框架层运行在虚拟机中。虚拟机将应用程序层和应用程序框架层的java文件执行为二进制文件。虚拟机用于执行对象生命周期的管理,堆栈管理,线程管理,安全和异常的管理,以及垃圾回收等功能。The application layer and the application framework layer run in the virtual machine. The virtual machine executes the java files of the application layer and the application framework layer into binary files. The virtual machine is used to perform functions such as object lifecycle management, stack management, thread management, security and exception management, and garbage collection.
系统库可以包括多个功能模块。例如:表面管理器(surface manager),媒体库(Media Libraries),三维图形处理库(例如:OpenGL ES),2D图形引擎(例如:SGL)等。The system library may include multiple functional modules. For example: surface manager (surface manager), media library (Media library), 3D graphics processing library (for example: OpenGL ES), 2D graphics engine (for example: SGL), etc.
表面管理器用于对显示子系统进行管理,并且为多个应用程序提供了2D和3D图层的融合。The surface manager is used to manage the display subsystem and provides the fusion of 2D and 3D layers for multiple applications.
媒体库支持多种常用的音频,视频格式回放和录制,以及静态图像文件等。媒体库可以支持多种音视频编码格式,例如:MPEG4,H.264,MP3,AAC,AMR,JPG,PNG等。The media library supports a variety of commonly used audio, video format playback and recording, and still image files. The media library can support multiple audio and video encoding formats, such as: MPEG4, H.264, MP3, AAC, AMR, JPG, PNG, etc.
三维图形处理库用于实现三维图形绘图,图像渲染,合成,和图层处理等。The 3D graphics processing library is used to realize 3D graphics drawing, image rendering, synthesis, and layer processing.
2D图形引擎是2D绘图的绘图引擎。The 2D graphics engine is a drawing engine for 2D drawing.
内核层是硬件和软件之间的层。内核层至少包含显示驱动,摄像头驱动,音频驱动,传感器驱动。The kernel layer is the layer between hardware and software. The kernel layer contains at least the display driver, camera driver, audio driver, and sensor driver.
下面结合捕获拍照场景,示例性说明终端100软件以及硬件的工作流程。In the following, the workflow of software and hardware of the terminal 100 will be exemplarily described in conjunction with capturing a photographing scene.
当触摸传感器180K接收到触摸操作,相应的硬件中断被发给内核层。内核层将触摸操作加工成原始输入事件(包括触摸坐标,触摸操作的时间戳等信息)。原始输入事件被存储在内核层。应用程序框架层从内核层获取原始输入事件,识别该输入事件所对应的控件。以该触摸操作是触摸单击操作,该单击操作所对应的控件为相机应用图标的控件为例,相机应用调用应用框架层的接口,启动相机应用,进而通过调用内核层启动摄像头驱动,通 过摄像头193捕获静态图像或视频。When the touch sensor 180K receives the touch operation, the corresponding hardware interrupt is sent to the kernel layer. The kernel layer processes touch operations into original input events (including touch coordinates, time stamps and other information of touch operations). The original input events are stored in the kernel layer. The application framework layer obtains the original input event from the kernel layer and identifies the control corresponding to the input event. Taking the touch operation as a touch click operation, for example, the control corresponding to the click operation is a camera application icon. The camera application calls the interface of the application framework layer to start the camera application, and then starts the camera driver by calling the kernel layer. The camera 193 captures a still image or video.
以下将结合附图和应用场景,对本申请实施例提供的智能拍照方法进行详细介绍。其中,在下述本申请实施例中,终端可以是上述图1或图2所示的终端100。The smart photographing method provided by the embodiments of the present application will be described in detail below with reference to the drawings and application scenarios. In the following embodiments of the present application, the terminal may be the terminal 100 shown in FIG. 1 or FIG. 2 described above.
终端可以接收用户的输入,开启或关闭对本申请实施例中智能拍照功能所需用户数据的采集。请参见图3,图3中的3a示出了终端的触控屏显示出的设置界面310。其中,设置界面310可以包括有系统设置栏311和其他设置栏(例如声音设置栏、通知中心设置栏、应用管理设置栏、电池设置栏、存储设置栏、安全与隐私设置栏、用户和账户设置栏等)。终端可以接收用户对系统设置栏311的输入操作312(例如单击),响应于该输入操作312(例如点击),终端可以显示出如图3中的3b所示系统设置界面320。The terminal may receive user input and enable or disable the collection of user data required by the smart camera function in the embodiments of the present application. Please refer to FIG. 3, 3a in FIG. 3 shows a setting interface 310 displayed on the touch screen of the terminal. The setting interface 310 may include a system setting bar 311 and other setting bars (such as a sound setting bar, a notification center setting bar, an application management setting bar, a battery setting bar, a storage setting bar, a security and privacy setting bar, user and account settings) Column, etc.). The terminal may receive a user input operation 312 (for example, click) to the system setting field 311, and in response to the input operation 312 (for example, click), the terminal may display the system setting interface 320 as shown in 3b in FIG. 3.
如图3中的3b所示,该系统设置界面320可以包括有智慧能力增强设置栏321和其他设置栏(例如关于手机设置栏、系统更新设置栏、系统导航设置栏、语言和输入法设置栏、日期和时间设置栏、简易模式设置栏、数据迁移设置栏、备份和恢复设置栏、重置设置栏、用户体验改进计划设置栏和认证标志设置栏等)。终端可以接收用户对智慧能力增强设置栏321的输入操作322(例如单击),响应于该输入操作322(例如单击),终端可以显示出如图3中的3c所示的智慧能力增强设置界面330。As shown in 3b of FIG. 3, the system setting interface 320 may include a smart ability enhancement setting bar 321 and other setting bars (such as a phone setting bar, a system update setting bar, a system navigation setting bar, a language and input method setting bar , Date and time setting bar, easy mode setting bar, data migration setting bar, backup and recovery setting bar, reset setting bar, user experience improvement plan setting bar and certification logo setting bar, etc.). The terminal may receive a user's input operation 322 (for example, click) to the smart ability enhancement setting field 321, and in response to the input operation 322 (for example, click), the terminal may display the smart ability enhancement setting as shown in 3c in FIG. 3 Interface 330.
如图3中的3c所示,该智慧能力增强设置界面330可以包括有智能建议设置栏331和其他设置栏(例如智慧能力增强的功能介绍和关于等)。其中,该智能建议设置栏331关联有智能建议设置控件332。在图3的3c中,该智能建议设置控件332为关闭状态,终端关闭对终端上用户数据的采集。终端可以接收用户对该智能建议设置控件332的输入操作333(例如单击),响应于该输入操作333,终端可以将该智能建议设置控件332从关闭状态切换至打开状态,并开启智能建议,在开启智能建议的情况下,终端可以采集本申请实施例中智能拍照功能所需的用户数据。其中,用户数据包括通用数据和拍摄相关数据。其中,通用数据包括可以包括用户的个人基础信息、行为习惯、兴趣爱好等。拍摄相关数据可以包括用户的拍摄喜好、浏览图片习惯等。As shown in 3c in FIG. 3, the smart ability enhancement setting interface 330 may include a smart suggestion setting column 331 and other setting columns (for example, a function introduction and about of the smart ability enhancement). Among them, the smart suggestion setting field 331 is associated with a smart suggestion setting control 332. In 3c of FIG. 3, the smart suggestion setting control 332 is turned off, and the terminal closes the collection of user data on the terminal. The terminal may receive a user's input operation 333 (for example, click) on the smart suggestion setting control 332, and in response to the input operation 333, the terminal may switch the smart suggestion setting control 332 from the closed state to the open state, and start the smart advice When smart advice is turned on, the terminal may collect user data required by the smart camera function in the embodiment of the present application. Among them, the user data includes general data and shooting related data. Among them, the general data includes personal basic information, behavior habits, interests and hobbies that can include the user. The shooting-related data may include the user's shooting preferences, browsing picture habits, and so on.
在终端采集到用户数据之后,终端可以对用户数据进行预处理,预处理完之后的用户数据可以存储在用户的数据库中,该用户的数据库中可以在终端本地,也可以在远端服务器上。After the terminal collects the user data, the terminal can preprocess the user data. The preprocessed user data can be stored in the user's database, which can be local to the terminal or a remote server.
终端可以在相机应用中弹出用户喜好调查界面,该用户喜好调查界面包括一张或多张图片,终端可以接收用户对该用户喜好调查界面中图片的选取操作(例如点击图片),响应于该用户对该用户喜好调查界面中图片的选取操作(例如点击图片),终端可以用采集用户选取的图片对应的拍照相关参数和该用户选取的图片对应的拍摄特征标签分值向量集。The terminal may pop up a user preference survey interface in the camera application. The user preference survey interface includes one or more pictures, and the terminal may receive a user's selection operation on the picture in the user preference survey interface (for example, click on the picture), and respond to the user For the selection operation of the picture in the user preference survey interface (for example, clicking on the picture), the terminal may use the camera-related parameters corresponding to the picture selected by the user and the shooting feature label score vector set corresponding to the picture selected by the user.
示例说明,请参见图4,图4中的4a示出了终端的触控屏显示出的主界面410。其中,主界面410可以包括有相机应用的图标411和其他应用(例如支付宝、记事本、音乐、微信、设置、拨号、信息、联系人等)图标。终端可以接收用户对相机应用的图标411的输入操作412(例如单击),响应于该输入操作412,终端可以打开摄像头(例如前置摄像头、或者后置摄像头),并且在触控屏上显示出如图4中的4b所示的相机拍摄界面420。For example description, please refer to FIG. 4, where 4a shows the main interface 410 displayed on the touch screen of the terminal. The main interface 410 may include icons 411 of the camera application and icons of other applications (such as Alipay, notepad, music, WeChat, settings, dialing, information, contacts, etc.). The terminal may receive a user's input operation 412 (for example, click) on the icon 411 of the camera application, and in response to the input operation 412, the terminal may turn on a camera (for example, a front camera or a rear camera) and display it on the touch screen The camera shooting interface 420 shown in 4b in FIG. 4 is displayed.
如图4中的4b所示,相机拍摄界面420中可以包括摄像头捕捉显示区域423、相机设 置按钮421、拍照按钮425等。其中,摄像头捕捉显示区域423用于显示摄像头(前置摄像头或后置摄像头)捕捉到的画面。终端可以接收用户对相机设置按钮421的输入操作422(例如单击),响应于该输入操作422,终端可以显示出如图4中的4c所示的相机设置界面430。As shown in 4b in FIG. 4, the camera shooting interface 420 may include a camera capture display area 423, a camera setting button 421, a photograph button 425, and the like. The camera capture display area 423 is used to display the screen captured by the camera (front camera or rear camera). The terminal may receive a user's input operation 422 (eg, click) to the camera setting button 421, and in response to the input operation 422, the terminal may display the camera setting interface 430 as shown in 4c in FIG. 4.
如图4中的4c所示,相机拍摄界面430可以包括智能辅助拍照设置栏431和其他设置栏(例如分辨率设置栏、地理位置设置栏、自动添加水印设置栏、语音控制设置栏、参考线设置栏、手套模式设置栏、拍照静音设置栏、定时拍照设置栏、声控拍照设置栏等)。其中,该智能辅助拍照设置栏431的状态为关闭,即终端在拍照时,关闭本申请实施例提供的智能拍照功能。终端可以接收用户对智能辅助拍照设置栏431的输入操作,响应于该用户对用户辅助拍照设置栏的输入操作,终端可以开启本申请实施例提供的智能拍照功能。在一种可能的情况下,终端在接收到用户对智能辅助拍照设置栏431的输入操作432(例如单击)时,响应于该用户首次的输入操作432(例如单击),终端可以显示出如图4中的4d所示的用户喜好调查界面440。As shown in 4c in FIG. 4, the camera shooting interface 430 may include an intelligent auxiliary photograph setting bar 431 and other setting bars (such as a resolution setting bar, a geographic location setting bar, an automatic watermark setting bar, a voice control setting bar, a reference line Setting bar, glove mode setting bar, photo mute setting bar, timer photo setting bar, voice control camera setting bar, etc.). Wherein, the state of the intelligent auxiliary photographing setting field 431 is closed, that is, the terminal disables the intelligent photographing function provided by the embodiment of the present application when photographing. The terminal may receive a user's input operation to the smart auxiliary photographing setting field 431, and in response to the user's input operation to the user assisting photographing setting field, the terminal may turn on the smart photographing function provided by the embodiment of the present application. In a possible situation, when the terminal receives the user's input operation 432 (for example, click) on the smart assisted photography setting field 431, in response to the user's first input operation 432 (for example, click), the terminal may display The user preference survey interface 440 shown in 4d in FIG. 4.
如图4中的4d所示,用户喜好调查界面440可以包括多组(例如10组)图片,每一组图片可以包括多张(例如4张)图片。每一组图片中的图片内容相同,但是每一组图片中不同图片对应的拍摄相关参数集P不同,且每张图片对应有拍摄特征标签(例如强美颜、弱美颜、小清新、日系等)分值向量集S。其中,拍摄相关参数集P包括图片的拍摄参数集和图片的图像质量(picture quality,PQ)效果参数集。拍摄参数集可以为{a1,a2,a3,……}。PQ效果参数可以为{b1,b2,b3,……}。As shown in 4d in FIG. 4, the user preference survey interface 440 may include multiple groups (for example, 10 groups) of pictures, and each group of pictures may include multiple (for example, 4) pictures. The content of the pictures in each group of pictures is the same, but the shooting related parameter sets P corresponding to different pictures in each group of pictures are different, and each picture corresponds to a shooting feature label (such as strong beauty, weak beauty, small freshness, Japanese Equal) score vector set S. Among them, the shooting related parameter set P includes the shooting parameter set of the picture and the picture quality (PQ) effect parameter set of the picture. The shooting parameter set can be {a1, a2, a3, ...}. The PQ effect parameters can be {b1, b2, b3, ...}.
示例性的,拍摄参数集可以是{白平衡(a1),ISO(a2),曝光补偿(a3),快门速度(a4),对焦模式(a5),测光模式(a6),亮度(a7),饱和度(a8),对比度(a9),锐度(a10),……}。该PQ效果参数集可以用于终端对图片进行PQ效果调节,例如,对比度调整、亮度调整、色彩饱和度调整、色调调整、清晰度调整(如数字降噪(digital noise reduction,DNR)调整)、彩色边缘增强(chroma TI,CTI)调整等图像质量调整。该示例仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。Exemplarily, the shooting parameter set may be {white balance (a1), ISO (a2), exposure compensation (a3), shutter speed (a4), focus mode (a5), metering mode (a6), brightness (a7) , Saturation (a8), contrast (a9), sharpness (a10), ...}. The PQ effect parameter set can be used for the terminal to adjust the PQ effect of the picture, for example, contrast adjustment, brightness adjustment, color saturation adjustment, hue adjustment, sharpness adjustment (such as digital noise reduction (DNR) adjustment), Image quality adjustments such as color edge enhancement (chroma TI, CTI) adjustments. This example is only for explaining this application, and should not constitute a limitation.
举例说明,拍摄特征标签分值向量集S可以为{强美颜的分值,弱美颜的分值,小清新的分值,日系的分值}。如图4中的4d所示,用户喜好界面440显示出了第一组图片,第一组图片包括图片a、图片b、图片c、图片d。其中,这四张图各自对应的拍摄相关参数集,以及各自对应的拍摄特征标签分值向量集S可以如下表1所示:For example, the shooting feature label score vector set S may be {strong beauty face score, weak beauty face score, small fresh score, Japanese score}. As shown in 4d in FIG. 4, the user preference interface 440 displays the first group of pictures, and the first group of pictures includes picture a, picture b, picture c, and picture d. Among them, the shooting-related parameter sets corresponding to the four pictures, and the corresponding shooting feature label score vector set S can be shown in Table 1 below:
表1效果图片对应的拍摄相关参数集、拍摄特征标签分值向量集STable 1 The shooting related parameter set and shooting feature label score vector set S corresponding to the effect picture
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000002
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000002
由上述表1可知,图片a对应的拍照相关参数为P_a,图片a对应的拍摄特征标签分值向量集S_a为{0.6,0,0.2,0.2},即表示图片a中的强美颜的分值为0.6,弱美颜的分值为 0,小清新的分值为0.2,日系的分值为0.2等。图片b对应的拍照相关参数集为P_b,图片b对应的拍摄特征标签分值向量集S_b为{0,0.2,0.4,0.4},即表示图片b中强美颜的分值为0,弱美颜的分值为0.2,小清新的分值为0.4,日系的分值为0.4。图片c对应的拍照相关参数集为P_c,图片c对应的拍摄特征标签分值向量集S_c为{0,0.2,0.8,0},即表示图片c中强美颜的分值为0,弱美颜的分值为0.2,小清新的分值为0.8,日系的分值为0。图片d对应的拍照相关参数集为P_d,图片d对应的拍摄特征标签分值向量集S_d为{0,0.2,0.2,0.6},即表示图片d中强美颜的分值为0,弱美颜的分值为0.2,小清新的分值为0.2,日系的分值为0.6。上述表1所示示例仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。It can be seen from Table 1 above that the photograph-related parameters corresponding to the picture a are P_a, and the shooting feature label score vector set S_a corresponding to the picture a is {0.6, 0, 0.2, 0.2}, which indicates the score of the strong beauty in the picture a The value is 0.6, the weak beauty score is 0, the small fresh score is 0.2, and the Japanese score is 0.2. The relevant parameter set of the photograph corresponding to the picture b is P_b, and the score vector set S_b of the shooting feature label corresponding to the picture b is {0, 0.2, 0.4, 0.4}, which means that the score of the strong beauty in the picture b is 0, the weak beauty The score of Yan is 0.2, the score of Xiaoqing is 0.4, and the score of Japanese is 0.4. The picture-related parameter set corresponding to picture c is P_c, and the shooting feature label score vector set S_c corresponding to picture c is {0, 0.2, 0.8, 0}, which means that the score of strong beauty in picture c is 0, weak beauty The score of Yan is 0.2, the score of Xiaoqing is 0.8, and the score of Japanese is 0. The picture-related parameter set corresponding to picture d is P_d, and the shooting feature label score vector set S_d corresponding to picture d is {0, 0.2, 0.2, 0.6}, which means that the score of strong beauty in picture d is 0, weak beauty The score of Yan is 0.2, the score of Xiaoqing is 0.2, and the score of Japanese is 0.6. The example shown in Table 1 above is only used to explain the present application, and should not constitute a limitation.
其中,效果图片拍摄特征标签的分值总和可以为1,效果图片中的一个拍摄特征标签的分值越高,则表示该效果图片对应的拍摄相关参数集与该拍摄特征标签对应的拍摄相关参数集的匹配度越高,即分值越高的拍摄特征标签越符合用户的拍摄相关参数所表征的特征。Among them, the sum of the scores of the shooting feature tags of the effect picture can be 1, and the higher the score of a shooting feature tag in the effect picture, it means that the shooting related parameter set corresponding to the effect picture and the shooting related parameter corresponding to the shooting feature tag The higher the matching degree of the set, that is, the higher the score of the shooting feature label, the more the feature characterized by the user's shooting related parameters.
在终端接收到用户选取的效果图片之后,终端可以记录下用户选取的效果图片(例如图片b)对应的拍摄相关参数集P(例如拍摄相关参数集P_b),及该用户选取的效果图片对应的拍摄特征标签分值向量集S(例如拍摄特征标签分值向量集S_b),并将该拍摄相关参数集P(例如拍摄相关参数集P_b)与拍摄特征标签分值向量集S(例如拍摄特征标签分值向量集S_b)作为神经网络模型的训练集Q{P→S}(例如{P_b→S_b}),利用深度学习算法进行训练,得到拍摄相关参数集P与拍摄特征标签分值向量集S的映射函数f(x)。其中,在神经网络模型的映射函数f(x)中,拍摄相关参数集P作为输入,拍摄特征标签分值向量集S作为输出。其中,终端可以将用户选取的多张效果图片对应的拍摄相关参数集P以及拍摄特征标签分值向量集S组成的训练参数集Q,输入到神经网络模型中进训练,以获取到更符合用户喜好的映射函数f(x)。训练神经网络模型的映射函数f(x)的具体实现过程可以参考下文中图10所示实施例的神经网络训练过程,在此不再赘述。After the terminal receives the effect picture selected by the user, the terminal can record the shooting related parameter set P (eg shooting related parameter set P_b) corresponding to the user selected effect picture (eg picture b), and the corresponding effect picture selected by the user Shooting feature label score vector set S (for example, shooting feature label score vector set S_b), and shooting related parameter set P (for example, shooting related parameter set P_b) and shooting feature label score vector set S (for example, shooting feature label The score vector set S_b) is the training set Q {P → S} of the neural network model (for example {P_b → S_b}), which is trained using the deep learning algorithm to obtain the shooting related parameter set P and the shooting feature label score vector set S Mapping function f (x). Among them, in the mapping function f (x) of the neural network model, the shooting related parameter set P is taken as an input, and the shooting feature label score vector set S is taken as an output. Among them, the terminal can input the shooting related parameter set P corresponding to the multiple effect pictures selected by the user and the training parameter set Q composed of the shooting feature label score vector set S into the neural network model for training to obtain more in line with the user Favorite mapping function f (x). For a specific implementation process of the mapping function f (x) for training the neural network model, reference may be made to the neural network training process in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10 below, and details are not described herein again.
示例性的,如图4中的4d所示,终端可以接收用户针对效果图片(例如图片b)的输入操作442,响应于该输入操作442,终端可以将图片b对应的拍摄相关参数集P_b,以及图片b对应的拍摄特征标签分值集S_b,作为一组训练集Q_1{P_b→S_b},并将该训练集Q_1{P_b→S_b}输入到神经网络模型中,利用深度学习算法进行训练,获得映射函数f(x)。Exemplarily, as shown in 4d in FIG. 4, the terminal may receive a user input operation 442 for an effect picture (for example, picture b), and in response to the input operation 442, the terminal may set the shooting-related parameter set P_b corresponding to the picture b, And the shooting feature label score set S_b corresponding to the picture b as a training set Q_1 {P_b → S_b}, and input the training set Q_1 {P_b → S_b} into the neural network model, and use the deep learning algorithm to train, Obtain the mapping function f (x).
在一种可能的情况下,终端可以在首次接收用户的打开相机应用的操作时或每一个用户喜好调查周期(例如终端每10天调查一次用户的拍照喜好)接收用户到用户打开相机应用的操作时,弹出用户喜好调查界面,采集用户选取的图片对应的拍照相关参数P和该用户选取的图片对应的拍摄特征标签分值向量集S。In a possible situation, the terminal may receive an operation from the user to the user to open the camera application when the user first receives the user's operation to open the camera application or every user preference survey period (for example, the terminal investigates the user's photography preferences every 10 days) At this time, a user preference survey interface pops up to collect the camera-related parameters P corresponding to the picture selected by the user and the shooting feature label score vector set S corresponding to the picture selected by the user.
例如,请参见图5,图5中的5a示出了终端的触控屏显示出的主界面510。其中,主界面510可以包括有相机应用的图标511和其他应用(例如支付宝、记事本、音乐、微信、设置、拨号、信息、联系人等)图标。终端可以接收用户对相机应用的图标511的输入操作512(例如单击),响应于该输入操作512,终端可以打开摄像头(例如前置摄像头或者后置摄像头),并且在触控屏上显示出如图5中的5b所示的相机拍摄界面520,并在相机拍摄界面520中弹出用户喜好调查界面530。For example, please refer to FIG. 5, 5 a in FIG. 5 shows the main interface 510 displayed on the touch screen of the terminal. The main interface 510 may include icons 511 of the camera application and icons of other applications (such as Alipay, notepad, music, WeChat, settings, dialing, information, contacts, etc.). The terminal may receive a user's input operation 512 (for example, click) on the icon 511 of the camera application, and in response to the input operation 512, the terminal may turn on a camera (for example, a front camera or a rear camera) and display it on the touch screen The camera shooting interface 520 shown in 5b in FIG. 5, and a user preference survey interface 530 pops up in the camera shooting interface 520.
如图5中的5b所示,相机拍摄界面520中可以弹出用户喜好调查界面530。其中,该 用户喜好调查界面530中包括多组(例如10组)图片,每一组图片可以包括多张(例如4张)图片。每一组图片中的图片内容相同,但是每一组图片中不同图片对应的拍摄相关参数集P不同,且每张图片对应有拍摄特征标签(例如强美颜、弱美颜、小清新、日系等)分值向量集S。终端可以接收用户针对效果图片531(例如图片b)的输入操作532,响应于该输入操作532,终端可以将效果图片531(例如图片b)对应的拍摄相关参数集P_b,以及效果图片531(例如图片b)对应的拍摄特征标签分值集S_b,作为一组训练集Q_1{P_b→S_b},并将该训练集Q_1{P_b→S_b}输入到神经网络中,利用深度学习算法进行训练,获得映射函数f(x)。As shown in 5b in FIG. 5, a user preference survey interface 530 may pop up in the camera shooting interface 520. The user preference survey interface 530 includes multiple groups (for example, 10 groups) of pictures, and each group of pictures may include multiple (for example, 4) pictures. The content of the pictures in each group of pictures is the same, but the shooting related parameter sets P corresponding to different pictures in each group of pictures are different, and each picture corresponds to a shooting feature label (such as strong beauty, weak beauty, small freshness, Japanese Equal) score vector set S. The terminal may receive the user's input operation 532 for the effect picture 531 (for example, picture b), and in response to the input operation 532, the terminal may set the shooting-related parameter set P_b corresponding to the effect picture 531 (for example, picture b) and the effect picture 531 (for example Picture b) The corresponding shooting feature label score set S_b, as a training set Q_1 {P_b → S_b}, and input the training set Q_1 {P_b → S_b} into the neural network, using deep learning algorithm for training to obtain The mapping function f (x).
在终端采集到用户数据(包括用户通用数据和用户的拍摄相关参数)后,且利用训练集Q{P→S}对上述神经网络中的映射函数f(x)进行训练的次数大于预设训练次数阈值(例如10次)时,终端可以在用户打开相机应用进行拍照时,利用终端为该用户匹配到的智能拍照标签(例如小清新)对应的PQ效果参数集,对用户拍摄的照片进行图像处理,并显示在终端的触控屏上。其中,终端为该用户匹配到智能拍照标签(例如小清新)的过程可以参考下述图11、图12中所示的实施例,在此不再赘述。After the terminal collects user data (including user general data and user shooting related parameters), and uses the training set Q {P → S} to train the mapping function f (x) in the above neural network more times than the preset training At the threshold of the number of times (for example, 10 times), when the user opens the camera application to take a photo, the terminal can use the PQ effect parameter set corresponding to the smart photo tag (such as Xiaoqing) matched by the user for the user to take an image of the photo taken by the user Process and display on the touch screen of the terminal. For the process of matching the smart camera tag (for example, Xiaoqing) for the user by the terminal, reference may be made to the embodiments shown in FIG. 11 and FIG. 12 below, and details are not described herein again.
示例性的,请参见图6,图6中的6a示出了终端的触控屏显示出的主界面510。其中,主界面510可以包括有相机应用的图标611和其他应用(例如支付宝、记事本、音乐、微信、设置、拨号、信息、联系人等)图标。终端可以接收用户对相机应用的图标611的输入操作612(例如单击),响应于该输入操作612,终端可以打开摄像头(例如前置摄像头或者后置摄像头),并且在触控屏上显示出如图6中的6b所示的相机拍摄界面620。Exemplarily, please refer to FIG. 6, 6 a in FIG. 6 shows the main interface 510 displayed on the touch screen of the terminal. The main interface 510 may include icons 611 of the camera application and icons of other applications (such as Alipay, notepad, music, WeChat, settings, dialing, information, contacts, etc.). The terminal may receive a user's input operation 612 (for example, click) on the icon 611 of the camera application, and in response to the input operation 612, the terminal may turn on a camera (for example, a front camera or a rear camera) and display it on the touch screen The camera shooting interface 620 shown in 6b in FIG. 6.
如图6中的6b所示,该相机拍摄界面620可以显示有摄像头(例如前置摄像头或者后置摄像头)捕捉到的图像621、终端为用户匹配到的智能拍照标签(例如小清新)的标签推荐按钮623,终端可以接收用户对该标签推荐按钮623的输入操作624(例如单击),响应于该输入操作624(例如单击),该标签推荐按钮623可以从关闭状态切换至打开状态,终端可以开启利用该智能拍照标签(例如小清新)对应的PQ效果参数集,对终端所拍摄到的画面621进行图像处理的功能。在一种可能的情况下,终端可以接收用户对开启状态下的标签推荐按钮623的再次输入操作(例如单击),该标签推荐按钮623可以从开启状态切换至关闭状态,终端可以关闭利用该智能拍照标签(例如小清新)对应的PQ效果参数集,对终端所拍摄到的画面621进行图像处理的功能。As shown in 6b in FIG. 6, the camera shooting interface 620 may display an image 621 captured by a camera (such as a front camera or a rear camera), and the terminal may be a label of a smart camera tag (such as Xiaoqing) that is matched by the user Recommendation button 623, the terminal may receive a user's input operation 624 (for example, click) on the label recommendation button 623, and in response to the input operation 624 (for example, click), the label recommendation button 623 may be switched from a closed state to an open state, The terminal may enable a function of performing image processing on the screen 621 photographed by the terminal using the PQ effect parameter set corresponding to the smart camera tag (for example, Xiaoqing). In a possible situation, the terminal may receive the user's re-input operation (for example, clicking) of the tab recommendation button 623 in the open state, the label recommendation button 623 may be switched from the open state to the closed state, and the terminal may close The PQ effect parameter set corresponding to the smart photo tag (for example, Xiaoqing) performs the image processing on the screen 621 captured by the terminal.
如图6中的6c所示,该相机拍摄界面630可以显示有摄像头(例如前置摄像头或者后置摄像头)捕捉到的图像631、终端为用户匹配到的智能拍照标签(例如小清新)的标签推荐按钮633、拍摄键635等,在图6的6c中,标签推荐按钮633为打开状态,即终端可以开启利用该智能拍照标签(例如小清新)对应的PQ效果参数集,对终端所拍摄到的画面631进行图像处理的功能。终端可以接收用户对拍摄键635的输入操作636(例如单击),响应于该输入操作636(例如单击),终端可以利用该智能拍照标签(例如小清新)对应的PQ效果参数集,对终端拍摄到的图像631进行图像处理,并将经过图像处理之后的图片保存到图库中,其中,经过图像处理之后的图片可以是如图6的6d中所示的图片647。如图6中的6d所示,终端可以对该经过图像处理之后的图片647标注出智能拍照标识649(例如智拍),并将该经过图像处理之后的图片647,存储到图库中。As shown in 6c in FIG. 6, the camera shooting interface 630 may display an image 631 captured by a camera (for example, a front camera or a rear camera), and a label of a smart camera tag (for example, Xiaoqing) that the terminal matches for the user The recommendation button 633, the shooting button 635, etc., in 6c of FIG. 6, the label recommendation button 633 is turned on, that is, the terminal can turn on the PQ effect parameter set corresponding to the smart camera label (for example, Xiaoqing) to capture The screen 631 performs image processing functions. The terminal may receive the user's input operation 636 (for example, click) on the shooting button 635, and in response to the input operation 636 (for example, click), the terminal may use the PQ effect parameter set corresponding to the smart camera tag (for example, Xiaoqing). The image 631 captured by the terminal performs image processing, and saves the image after the image processing in the gallery, where the image after the image processing may be the image 647 shown in 6d of FIG. 6. As shown in 6d in FIG. 6, the terminal may mark an intelligent photo identification 649 (for example, a smart shot) on the image 647 after image processing, and store the image 647 after image processing in a gallery.
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的智能拍照系统。The smart camera system provided by the embodiment of the present application is introduced below.
请参见图7,图7为本申请实施例提供的一种智能拍照系统的架构示意图。如图7所示,该智能拍照系统700可以包括系统设置模块710、数据采集模块720、数据预处理模块730、数据存储模块740、特征提取模块750、参数设置模块760。其中,Please refer to FIG. 7, which is a schematic structural diagram of an intelligent camera system provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 7, the smart camera system 700 may include a system setting module 710, a data collection module 720, a data preprocessing module 730, a data storage module 740, a feature extraction module 750, and a parameter setting module 760. among them,
该系统设置模块710可以用于对本申请实施例提供的智能拍照功能进行开启和关闭。The system setting module 710 can be used to turn on and off the smart camera function provided by the embodiment of the present application.
该数据采集模块720可以用于在开启智能拍照功能后,周期性(例如采集周期可以是10天、15天、1个月、或者更长等。)的采集终端上用户的数据信息。其中,该用户的数据信息包括用户个人基础信息(性别、出生年份、常住地等)、行为习惯(最常用APP、使用时间最多APP、插耳机后使用APP、常去地点、睡觉时间、起床时间)、兴趣爱好(阅读偏好、上网浏览习惯)、拍摄喜好(拍摄参数、拍摄内容、拍摄内容)、浏览图片习惯(分享的图片、删除的图片、收藏的图片、编辑的图片)。The data collection module 720 may be used to periodically collect data information of users on the terminal after the smart camera function is turned on (for example, the collection period may be 10 days, 15 days, 1 month, or longer, etc.). Among them, the user's data information includes the user's personal basic information (gender, year of birth, place of usual residence, etc.), behavioral habits (most commonly used APP, most used time APP, use the app after plugging in headphones, frequent places, bed time, wake up time ), Hobbies (reading preferences, Internet browsing habits), shooting preferences (shooting parameters, shooting content, shooting content), picture browsing habits (shared pictures, deleted pictures, favorite pictures, edited pictures).
该数据预处理模块730可以用于对数据采集模块720采集到的用户数据进行预处理以提取有效数据。预处理流程可以参考下述图8所示的数据预处理流程,在此不再赘述。The data preprocessing module 730 can be used to preprocess the user data collected by the data collection module 720 to extract valid data. For the pre-processing flow, reference may be made to the data pre-processing flow shown in FIG. 8 below, which will not be repeated here.
该数据存储模块740可以用于构建数据库以存储该数据采集模块720采集的用户数据(通用数据、拍照相关数据)、该数据预处理模块730处理之后的有效数据(用户数据经过预处理的数据)、该特征提取模块750进行特征提取之后的特征值数据(特征标签对应的特征值)。The data storage module 740 may be used to construct a database to store user data (general data, photograph-related data) collected by the data collection module 720, and valid data (preprocessed data of user data) processed by the data preprocessing module 730 3. The feature extraction module 750 performs feature value data (feature values corresponding to feature tags) after feature extraction.
该特征提取模块750可以用于根据数据采集模块720采集到的用户数据信息,提取用户的特征标签。其中,用户的特征标签包括通用特征标签和拍摄特征标签,以及通用特征标签和拍摄特征标签进行特征标签融合过程之后的融合特征标签。其中,特征标签融合过程可以参考下述图11、图12所示的特征标签融合流程,在此不再赘述。The feature extraction module 750 may be used to extract the user's feature tag according to the user data information collected by the data collection module 720. Among them, the user's feature tags include general feature tags and shooting feature tags, and fusion feature tags after the general feature tags and shooting feature tags undergo the feature tag fusion process. For the feature label fusion process, reference may be made to the feature label fusion process shown in FIG. 11 and FIG. 12 below, which will not be repeated here.
该参数设置模块760可以用于根据用户的分值最高的融合特征标签(即智能拍照标签),对终端的的摄像头捕捉到的画面进行图像处理,在该摄像头捕捉到的画面上设置与该分值最高的融合特征标签对应的PQ效果参数。The parameter setting module 760 can be used to perform image processing on the screen captured by the camera of the terminal according to the fusion feature label with the highest user score (that is, the smart camera label), and set the The PQ effect parameter corresponding to the fusion feature label with the highest value.
下面具体介绍本申请实施例中,终端采集用户数据的流程。The following specifically describes the process of collecting user data by the terminal in the embodiment of the present application.
终端可以采用数据埋点的方式采集用户的数据,即终端可以监听软件应用运行过程中的事件,当需要关注的事件发生时进行判断和捕获,然后终端可以获取该事件的相关信息,并将该事件的相关信息整理后存储至终端本地数据库或者远端服务器上。其中,终端所监听的事件可以由操作系统、浏览器、应用程序(application,APP)框架等平台提供,也可以在基础事件之上进行自定义的触发事件(如点击某一个特定按钮)。The terminal can collect the user's data by means of data embedding, that is, the terminal can listen to events in the running process of the software application, judge and capture when the event that needs attention occurs, and then the terminal can obtain the relevant information of the event and convert the The related information of the event is sorted and stored in the terminal's local database or a remote server. Among them, the events monitored by the terminal can be provided by platforms such as the operating system, browser, application (APP) framework, etc., and can also be customized trigger events based on the basic events (such as clicking on a specific button).
示例性的,终端可以监听用户点击图库APP中的收藏按钮、删除按钮、分享按钮等事件,当终端接收到用户对壁纸APP中的壁纸图片_1点击收藏按钮,终端可以将壁纸图片记录下,并将该壁纸图片_1作为收藏图片的数据存储在终端本地或远端服务器。若终端接收到用户对壁纸APP中的壁纸图片_2点击删除按钮,终端可以将壁纸图片记录下,并将该壁纸图片_2作为删除图片的数据存储在终端本地或远端服务器。若终端接收到用户对壁纸APP中的壁纸图片_3点击分享按钮,终端可以将壁纸图片记录下,并将该壁纸图片_3作为 删除图片的数据存储在终端本地或远端服务器。示例仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。Exemplarily, the terminal can monitor events such as the user clicking the favorite button, delete button, and share button in the gallery APP. When the terminal receives the user ’s wallpaper picture_1 in the wallpaper APP and clicks the favorite button, the terminal can record the wallpaper picture. And store the wallpaper picture_1 as the data of favorite pictures in the terminal local or remote server. If the terminal receives that the user clicks the delete button on the wallpaper picture_2 in the wallpaper APP, the terminal can record the wallpaper picture and store the wallpaper picture_2 as data for deleting the picture in the terminal local or remote server. If the terminal receives the user's wallpaper image _3 in the wallpaper APP and clicks the share button, the terminal can record the wallpaper image and store the wallpaper image _3 as data for deleting the image on the terminal local or remote server. The examples are only for explaining this application and should not be construed as limitations.
示例性的,若终端要统计用户打开APP的次数,以及用户在APP中停留的时间,终端可以通过监听操作系统打开该APP的事件来统计用户打开APP的次数。终端成功打开一次APP记打开APP次数一次;终端在接收用户点击home键切换到后台后再进入APP,终端不记打开APP次数。终端在监听用户进入该APP的输入操作和退出该APP的输入操作来计算用户访问该APP的时长。示例仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。Exemplarily, if the terminal wants to count the number of times the user opens the APP and the time the user stays in the APP, the terminal can count the number of times the user opens the APP by monitoring the event that the operating system opens the APP. The terminal successfully opens the APP once and records the number of times the APP is opened; the terminal enters the APP after the receiving user clicks the home button to switch to the background, and the terminal does not count the number of times the APP is opened. The terminal monitors the user's input operation to enter the APP and exits the APP to calculate the duration of the user's access to the APP. The examples are only for explaining this application and should not be construed as limitations.
采用上述数据埋点的方式,终端采集到的用户数据可以包括通用数据、拍摄相关数据等。Using the above-mentioned data burying method, the user data collected by the terminal may include general data and shooting related data.
通用数据可以包括用户的个人基础信息、行为习惯、兴趣爱好等。具体的数据子类型可以如下表2所示:The general data may include personal basic information, behavior habits, hobbies, etc. of the user. The specific data subtypes can be shown in Table 2 below:
表2通用数据Table 2 General data
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000003
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000003
由上表2可以看出,As can be seen from Table 2 above,
1、个人基础信息可以包括性别、出生年份、常住地等。1. Basic personal information can include gender, year of birth, place of usual residence, etc.
示例性的,终端可以从终端系统账号(例如华为终端的华为账号中心、苹果终端的苹果账号中心(Apple ID)等)的个人信息中获取到用户之前填写输入的性别。在一种可能的情况下,终端还可以对用户的前置摄像头拍摄的多张照片进行图片分析,推算出用户的性别。在一种可能的情况下,终端还可以调用第三方APP(例如,QQ、微信、淘宝、微博等)提供访问权限的数据访问接口,从第三方APP的服务器上获取到用户的性别。上述用户的性别的获取方式,仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定,具体实现中,还可以通过其他方式获取用户的性别。Exemplarily, the terminal may obtain the previously entered gender from the personal information of the terminal system account (for example, Huawei account center of Huawei terminal, Apple account center of Apple terminal (Apple ID), etc.). In a possible situation, the terminal may also perform picture analysis on multiple photos taken by the user's front camera to calculate the user's gender. In a possible situation, the terminal may also call a third-party APP (for example, QQ, WeChat, Taobao, Weibo, etc.) to provide a data access interface for access rights, and obtain the user's gender from the server of the third-party APP. The above method for obtaining the user's gender is only used to explain this application, and should not constitute a limitation. In specific implementation, the user's gender can also be obtained through other methods.
示例性的,终端可以通过从终端的系统账号中心(例如华为终端的华为账号中心、苹果终端的苹果账号中心(Apple ID)等)的个人信息中获取到用户之前在系统账号中的个人信息中填写输入的出生年份。在一种可能的情况下,终端还可以调用第三方APP(例如,QQ、微信、淘宝、微博等)提供访问权限的数据访问接口,从第三方APP的服务器上获取到用户的出生年份。上述用户的出生年份的获取方式,仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成 限定,具体实现中,还可以通过其他方式获取用户的出生年份。Exemplarily, the terminal may obtain the user's previous personal information in the system account by obtaining personal information from the terminal's system account center (such as Huawei terminal's Huawei account center, Apple terminal's Apple account center (Apple ID), etc.) Fill in the year of birth entered. In a possible situation, the terminal may also call a third-party APP (for example, QQ, WeChat, Taobao, Weibo, etc.) to provide a data access interface for access rights, and obtain the user's birth year from the server of the third-party APP. The above-mentioned method of obtaining the birth year of the user is only used to explain this application, and should not constitute a limitation. In a specific implementation, the birth year of the user can also be obtained through other methods.
示例性的,终端可以通过从终端系统账号中心(例如华为终端的华为账号中心、苹果终端的苹果账号中心(Apple ID)等)的个人信息中获取到用户之前在系统账号中的个人信息中填写输入的常驻地(例如华为账号中心的个人信息中的地区、苹果账号(Apple ID)中心的个人信息中的送货地址)。在一种可能的情况下,终端还可以调用第三方APP(例如,QQ、微信、淘宝、微博、百度地图等)提供访问权限的数据访问接口,从第三方APP的服务器上获取到用户的常驻地。上述用户的常驻地的获取方式,仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定,具体实现中,还可以通过其他方式获取用户的出生年份。Exemplarily, the terminal may fill in the personal information in the system account previously obtained by the user from the personal information of the terminal system account center (such as Huawei terminal's Huawei account center, Apple terminal's Apple account center (Apple ID), etc.) Enter the resident location (for example, the area in the personal information of the Huawei account center, the delivery address in the personal information of the Apple ID center). In a possible situation, the terminal may also call a third-party APP (for example, QQ, WeChat, Taobao, Weibo, Baidu Maps, etc.) to provide a data access interface for access rights, and obtain the user ’s Permanent residence. The above-mentioned method of obtaining the resident location of the user is only used to explain this application, and should not constitute a limitation. In a specific implementation, the user's birth year can also be obtained through other methods.
2、行为习惯可以包括用户的最常用APP、使用时间最多的APP、插耳机后使用的APP、常去地点、睡觉时间、起床时间等。2. Behavioral habits may include the user's most commonly used APP, the most used APP, the APP used after plugging in headphones, frequent places, bedtime, and wake-up time.
示例性的,终端可以记录下每一个APP的使用记录,其中,APP的使用记录包括一个周期(例如一天、一周、一个月等)内APP的打开次数、一个周期(例如一天、一周、一个月等)内终端运行APP时间、一个周期(例如一天、一周、一个月等)内终端在插耳机后使用的APP。终端可以将一个周期(例如一天、一周、一个月等)内打开次数最多的APP确定为最常用APP,终端可以将一个周期(例如一天、一周、一个月等)内运行时间最长的APP确定为使用时间最多的APP,终端可以将一个周期(例如一天、一周、一个月等)内终端在插入耳机后使用次数最多的APP确定为插耳机后使用的APP。上述最常用APP、使用时间最多的APP、插耳机后使用的APP的信息的获取方式,仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定,具体实现中,还可以通过其他方式获取用户最常用APP、使用时间最多的APP、插耳机后使用的APP。Exemplarily, the terminal may record the usage record of each APP, where the usage record of the APP includes the number of times the APP is opened within a period (such as one day, one week, one month, etc.), and one period (such as one day, one week, one month Etc.) The APP that the terminal uses after plugging in the headset within a period of time (for example, one day, one week, one month, etc.) within the terminal running APP. The terminal can determine the APP that has been opened most frequently in a cycle (such as a day, week, month, etc.) as the most commonly used APP, and the terminal can determine the APP that has the longest running time in a cycle (such as a day, week, month, etc.) For the APP that uses the most time, the terminal may determine the APP that the terminal uses the most after inserting the headset in a cycle (for example, one day, one week, one month, etc.) as the APP that is used after inserting the headset. The above-mentioned most commonly used APPs, the most used APPs, and the APPs obtained after plugging in headphones are used to obtain information only for the purpose of explaining this application, and should not constitute a limitation. In specific implementation, the user ’s most commonly used APPs, Apps that use the most time, apps that are used after plugging in headphones.
示例性的,终端在拍照时可以同时获取位置信息,记录下用户拍照的地点与日期。因此,终端可以通过用户拍照的地点与时间,确定出用户的常去地点。用户常去地点可以是终端在同一地点不同日期拍照的次数。例如,终端记录下用户2018年1月10日,在海边拍照;用户2018年2月1日,在南山拍照;用户2018年3月1日,在商场拍照;用户2018年4月2日,在海边拍照;用户2018年5月1日,在海边拍照。终端可以确定出用户的常去地点为“海边”。在一种可能的情况下,终端还可以调用第三方APP(例如,百度地图,高德地图等)提供访问权限的数据访问接口,从第三方APP的服务器上获取到用户的常去地点。上述用户的常去地点的获取方式,仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定,具体实现中,还可以通过其他方式获取用户的常去地点。Exemplarily, the terminal may simultaneously obtain location information when taking a picture, and record the location and date of the user's picture. Therefore, the terminal can determine the user's frequent places based on the place and time the user took the picture. The frequently visited place of the user may be the number of times the terminal takes pictures on the same place on different dates. For example, the terminal records that the user took pictures at the beach on January 10, 2018; the user took pictures at Nanshan on February 1, 2018; the user took pictures at the mall on March 1, 2018; and the user took pictures on April 2, 2018 at Take photos at the beach; users took photos at the beach on May 1, 2018. The terminal can determine that the user's frequent place is "Beach". In a possible situation, the terminal may also call a third-party APP (for example, Baidu Map, Gaode Map, etc.) to provide a data access interface for access rights, and obtain the user's frequented places from the server of the third-party APP. The above-mentioned way of obtaining the frequent visits of the user is only for explaining the application, and should not be construed as a limitation. In specific implementation, the frequent visits of the user may also be obtained by other means.
示例性的,当终端处于用户睡眠的床上时,终端可以通过多种传感器(例如运动传感器,麦克风等)来探测床表面的振动信息(包括振动频率、振动幅度等)和周围声音信息(声音的幅度、声音的频率等),由于,用户在睡眠之后,用户发出的规律性的声音以及用户的呼吸或其他动作会引起床表面的有规律的运动,因此,当终端判断出床表面的振动信息满足在用户睡眠之后床的振动规律,且终端周围的声音信息满足在用户睡觉之后的声音规律时,则终端可以确定出用户的睡觉时间。在一种可能的情况下,终端还可以通过辅助设备(例如,智能手表、智能手环等)监测用户的心率、呼吸、体温、血压、运动等信息,从而获取到用户的睡觉时间。上述用户的睡觉时间的获取方式,仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定,具体实现中,还可以通过其他方式获取用户睡眠时间。Exemplarily, when the terminal is in a bed where the user sleeps, the terminal can detect vibration information (including vibration frequency, vibration amplitude, etc.) and surrounding sound information (sound of the sound) of the bed surface through various sensors (such as a motion sensor, a microphone, etc.) Amplitude, frequency of sound, etc.), because after the user sleeps, the user ’s regular sound and the user ’s breathing or other actions will cause regular movement of the bed surface, therefore, when the terminal determines the vibration information of the bed surface When the vibration law of the bed after the user sleeps is satisfied, and the sound information around the terminal meets the sound law after the user sleeps, the terminal can determine the sleep time of the user. In a possible situation, the terminal may also monitor the user's heart rate, breathing, body temperature, blood pressure, exercise, and other information through auxiliary devices (eg, smart watches, smart bracelets, etc.) to obtain the user's sleeping time. The above method for acquiring the sleeping time of the user is only used to explain the present application, and should not constitute a limitation. In a specific implementation, the sleeping time of the user may also be acquired through other methods.
示例性的,终端可以通过访问闹钟应用中的记录,获取到用户设置的闹钟时间,从而获取到用户的起床时间。在一种可能的情况下,终端可以通过运动传感器检测到用户每天最早拿起终端的时间,并将该用户最早拿起终端的时间确定为用户的起床时间。在一种可能的情况下,终端可以通过监测用户每天最早解锁该终端的时间,并将解锁该终端的时间确定为用户的起床时间。上述用户起床时间的获取方式,仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定,具体实现中,还可以通过其他方式获取用户的起床时间。Exemplarily, the terminal may obtain the alarm time set by the user by accessing the record in the alarm clock application, thereby obtaining the user's wake-up time. In a possible situation, the terminal may detect the time when the user picks up the terminal the earliest each day through the motion sensor, and determine the time when the user picks up the terminal as the user's wake-up time. In a possible situation, the terminal may monitor the time at which the user unlocks the terminal at the earliest every day, and determine the time to unlock the terminal as the user's wake-up time. The above method for obtaining the user's wake-up time is only used to explain the present application, and should not be construed as a limitation. In specific implementation, the user's wake-up time may also be obtained through other methods.
3、兴趣爱好可以包括阅读偏好、上网浏览习惯等。3. Hobbies can include reading preferences, Internet browsing habits, etc.
示例性的,终端可以通过终端上的阅读应用(例如华为终端上的华为阅读等)获取到用户的阅读偏好。在一种可能的情况下,终端还可以调用第三方APP(例如,微信阅读、QQ阅读等)提供访问权限的数据访问接口,从第三方APP的服务器上获取到用户的常去地点。上述用户的阅读偏好的获取方式,仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定,具体实现中,还可以通过其他方式获取用户的常去地点。Exemplarily, the terminal may obtain the user's reading preferences through a reading application on the terminal (for example, Huawei reading on the Huawei terminal, etc.). In a possible situation, the terminal may also call a third-party APP (for example, WeChat reading, QQ reading, etc.) to provide a data access interface for access rights, and obtain the user's frequent places from the server of the third-party APP. The above-mentioned way of obtaining the user's reading preference is only used to explain this application, and should not be construed as a limitation. In a specific implementation, the user's frequented places can also be obtained through other methods.
示例性的,终端可以接收用户打开浏览器的输入操作(例如,在终端的主界面上点击浏览器应用的图标、通过语音助手输入“打开浏览器”),响应于用户打开浏览器的输入操作,终端可以显示出浏览器的搜索页面,终端可以记录下用户在该浏览器的搜索页面输入的搜索内容,并提取出一段时间(例如一天、一周、一个月等)内搜索内容的关键词(例如“景点”)。终端还可以记录下用户的访问网址,并提取用户的访问网址类型(例如,视频网站、旅游网站、购物网站等)。其中,用户的上网浏览习惯可以包括用户搜索的关键词、访问网址类型等信息,具体实现中,用户的上网浏览习惯还可以包括其他信息。在一种可能的情况下,终端还可以调用第三方APP(例如,微博、百度搜索等)提供访问权限的数据访问接口,从第三方APP的服务器上获取到用户的上网浏览习惯。上述用户的上网浏览习惯的获取方式,仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定,具体实现中,还可以通过其他方式获取用户的上网浏览习惯。Exemplarily, the terminal may receive a user's input operation to open the browser (for example, click an icon of the browser application on the main interface of the terminal, enter "open browser" through a voice assistant), and respond to the user's input operation to open the browser , The terminal can display the search page of the browser, the terminal can record the search content entered by the user on the search page of the browser, and extract the keywords of the search content within a period of time (such as one day, one week, one month, etc.) ( For example "Attractions"). The terminal can also record the user's visit URL and extract the user's visit URL type (for example, video website, travel website, shopping website, etc.). Among them, the user's Internet browsing habits may include information such as keywords searched by the user, types of visited URLs, etc. In a specific implementation, the user's Internet browsing habits may also include other information. In a possible situation, the terminal may also call a third-party APP (for example, Weibo, Baidu search, etc.) to provide a data access interface for access rights, and obtain the user's Internet browsing habits from the server of the third-party APP. The above method for obtaining the user's Internet browsing habits is only used to explain this application, and should not be construed as a limitation. In specific implementation, the user's Internet browsing habits can also be obtained through other methods.
拍摄相关数据可以包括用户的拍摄喜好、浏览图片习惯等。具体的数据类型可以如下表3所示:The shooting-related data may include the user's shooting preferences, browsing picture habits, and so on. The specific data types can be shown in Table 3 below:
表3拍摄相关数据Table 3 Shooting related data
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000004
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000005
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000005
由上表3可以看出,拍摄喜好包括拍摄参数、拍摄模式、拍摄内容等。浏览图片习惯包括分享的图片、删除的图片、收藏的图片、编辑的图片等。其中,As can be seen from Table 3 above, shooting preferences include shooting parameters, shooting modes, shooting content, etc. Picture browsing habits include shared pictures, deleted pictures, favorite pictures, edited pictures, etc. among them,
1、拍摄参数可以包括白平衡、感光度(international standards organization,ISO)、曝光补偿、快门速度、对焦模式、测光模式、亮度、饱和度、对比度、锐度等。1. Shooting parameters can include white balance, sensitivity (international standards), exposure compensation, shutter speed, focus mode, metering mode, brightness, saturation, contrast, sharpness, etc.
示例性的,终端可以接收用户打开相机应用的输入操作(例如点击终端的主界面上的相机应用图标、通过语音助手输入“打开相机”),响应于该打开相机的输入操作,终端可以启用摄像头并在触控屏上显示出摄像头捕捉的画面。当终端接收到用户设置拍摄参数的输入操作,响应于用户设置拍摄参数的输入操作,终端可以记录并采集到该用户设置的拍摄参数。示例性的,终端可以通过对用户分享的图片、删除的图片、收藏的图片、编辑的图片进行图片分析,提取出上述图片中的拍摄参数。上述用户的拍摄参数获取方式,仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定,具体实现中,还可以通过其他方式获取用户的拍摄参数。Exemplarily, the terminal may receive a user's input operation to open the camera application (for example, click a camera application icon on the terminal's main interface, and input "open camera" through a voice assistant), and in response to the input operation to open the camera, the terminal may enable the camera And the screen captured by the camera is displayed on the touch screen. When the terminal receives the user's input operation for setting shooting parameters, in response to the user's input operation for setting shooting parameters, the terminal can record and collect the user's shooting parameters. Exemplarily, the terminal may extract the shooting parameters in the above pictures by performing picture analysis on the pictures shared by the user, deleted pictures, favorite pictures, and edited pictures. The above-mentioned user's shooting parameter acquisition method is only used to explain this application, and should not constitute a limitation. In a specific implementation, the user's shooting parameter can also be acquired through other methods.
示例性的,终端获取到的用户的拍摄参数可以如下表4所示:Exemplarily, the user's shooting parameters acquired by the terminal may be as shown in Table 4 below:
表4用户的拍摄参数Table 4 User's shooting parameters
拍摄参数Shooting parameters 数据据值Data value
白平衡White balance 2400K2400K
ISOISO 100100
曝光补偿Exposure compensation +0.5EV+ 0.5EV
快门速度 Shutter speed 1/125s1 / 125s
对焦模式Focus mode AFAF
测光模式Metering mode 中央重点测光Center-weighted metering
亮度 brightness 10EV10EV
饱和度saturation 120120
对比度Contrast 100100
锐度Sharpness MTF50MTF50
由上表4中示出的用户的拍摄参数可知,该用户的拍摄参数:白平衡的值为2400K、感光度(international standards organization,ISO)的值为100、曝光补偿的值为+0.5EV、快门速度为1/125s、对焦模式为自动对焦(auto focus,AF)、测光模式为中央重点测光、亮度的值为10曝光值(exposure value,EV)、饱和度的值为120、对比度的值为100、锐度的值为MTF50。上述表4仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。According to the shooting parameters of the user shown in Table 4 above, the shooting parameters of the user: the value of white balance is 2400K, the value of sensitivity (international standards / organization, ISO) is 100, and the value of exposure compensation is + 0.5EV, Shutter speed is 1 / 125s, focus mode is auto focus (AF), metering mode is center-weighted metering, brightness value is 10 exposure value (exposure value (EV), saturation value is 120, contrast The value is 100 and the sharpness value is MTF50. The above Table 4 is only used to explain this application and should not constitute a limitation.
2、拍摄模式可以包括普通拍照、大光圈、人像模式、美食模式、黑白相机、专业拍照、3D动态全景、高动态范围成像(high dynamic range imaging,HDR)拍照等。2. The shooting mode can include ordinary photography, large aperture, portrait mode, gourmet mode, black and white camera, professional photography, 3D dynamic panorama, high dynamic range imaging (high dynamic range imaging, HDR) photography, etc.
其中,每一种拍摄模式可以对应一组拍摄相关参数集,其中,该拍摄相关参数集可以包括拍摄参数集{a1,a2,a3,……}和图像质量(picture quality,PQ)效果参数{b1,b2,b3,……}。其中,该PQ效果参数集可以用于终端对图片进行PQ效果调节,例如,对比度调整、亮度调整、色彩饱和度调整、色调调整、清晰度调整(如数字降噪(digital noise reduction,DNR)调整)、彩色边缘增强(chroma TI,CTI)调整等图像质量调整。Each shooting mode can correspond to a set of shooting-related parameter sets, where the shooting-related parameter sets can include shooting parameter sets {a1, a2, a3, ...} and picture quality (PQ) effect parameters { b1, b2, b3, ...}. The PQ effect parameter set can be used by the terminal to adjust the PQ effect of the picture, for example, contrast adjustment, brightness adjustment, color saturation adjustment, hue adjustment, and sharpness adjustment (such as digital noise reduction (DNR) adjustment). ), Color edge enhancement (chroma TI, CTI) adjustment and other image quality adjustments.
示例性的,拍摄模式与拍摄相关参数集的对应关系可以如下表5所示:Exemplarily, the correspondence between the shooting mode and the shooting-related parameter set may be as shown in Table 5 below:
表5拍摄模式与拍摄相关参数集的对应关系Table 5 Correspondence between shooting modes and shooting related parameter sets
拍摄模式Shooting mode 拍摄相关参数集Shooting related parameter set
普通ordinary P_1P_1
大光圈Large aperture P_2P_2
人像Portrait P_3P_3
美食Food P_4P_4
黑白相机Black and white camera P_5P_5
专业profession P_6P_6
3D动态全景3D dynamic panorama P_7P_7
HDRHDR P_8P_8
……... ……...
由上表5所示的拍摄模式与拍摄相关参数集的对应关系可以看出,拍摄模式中的普通拍照模式对应的拍摄相关参数集为P_1,大光圈拍照模式对应的拍摄相关参数集为P_2,人像拍照模式对应的拍摄相关参数集为P_3,美食拍照模式对应的拍摄相关参数集为P_4,黑白相机拍照对应的拍摄相关参数集为P_5,专业拍照模式对应的拍摄相关参数集为P_6,3D动态全景对应的拍摄相关参数集为P_7,HDR拍照模式对应的拍摄相关参数集为P_8。上 述表5仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。It can be seen from the correspondence between the shooting modes and shooting related parameter sets shown in Table 5 above, the shooting related parameter set corresponding to the ordinary shooting mode in the shooting mode is P_1, and the shooting related parameter set corresponding to the large aperture shooting mode is P_2, The shooting-related parameter set corresponding to the portrait camera mode is P_3, the shooting-related parameter set corresponding to the gourmet camera mode is P_4, the shooting-related parameter set corresponding to the black-and-white camera camera is P_5, and the shooting-related parameter set corresponding to the professional camera mode is P_6, 3D dynamic The shooting related parameter set corresponding to the panorama is P_7, and the shooting related parameter set corresponding to the HDR camera mode is P_8. The above Table 5 is only for explaining this application and should not be construed as limiting.
终端可以记录下每次用户拍照时所使用的拍摄模式,因此,根据预设的拍摄模式与拍摄相关参数集P的对应关系,终端可以将用户使用次数大于预设次数阈值(例如该预设次数阈值可以是1次、2次、3次、4次、5次、10次等)的拍摄模式,确定为该用户的常用拍摄模式。The terminal can record the shooting mode used each time the user takes a picture. Therefore, according to the correspondence between the preset shooting mode and the shooting-related parameter set P, the terminal can increase the number of times the user uses more than a preset threshold (for example, the preset number The threshold may be a shooting mode of once, twice, 3 times, 4 times, 5 times, 10 times, etc.), which is determined to be a common shooting mode of the user.
示例性的,终端的获取到的用户的常用拍摄模式及常用拍摄模式对应的拍摄相关参数集可以如下表6所示:Exemplarily, the user's common shooting modes and the shooting related parameter sets corresponding to the common shooting modes acquired by the terminal may be as shown in Table 6 below:
表6用户的常用拍摄模式与拍摄相关参数集对应关系Table 6 Correspondence between users' common shooting modes and shooting related parameter sets
用户的常用拍摄模式User's common shooting mode 拍摄相关参数集Shooting related parameter set
普通ordinary P_1P_1
大光圈Large aperture P_2P_2
人像Portrait P_3P_3
美食Food P_4P_4
HDRHDR P_8P_8
由上表6所示的用户的常用拍摄模式及对应的拍摄相关参数集可以看出,终端获取到的用户的常用拍摄模式及对应的拍摄相关参数集为:普通拍照模式及普通拍照模式对应的拍摄相关参数集P_1,大光圈模式及大光圈模式对应的拍摄相关参数集P_2,人像模式及人像模式对应的拍摄相关参数集P_3、美食模式及美食模式对应的拍摄相关参数集P_4,HDR拍照模式及HDR拍照模式对应的拍摄相关参数集P_8。上述表6所示示例仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。As can be seen from the user's common shooting modes and corresponding shooting related parameter sets shown in Table 6 above, the user's common shooting modes and corresponding shooting related parameter sets acquired by the terminal are: the ordinary camera mode and the ordinary camera mode corresponding to Shooting related parameter set P_1, large aperture mode and shooting related parameter set P_2 corresponding to large aperture mode, shooting mode related parameter setting P_3 corresponding to portrait mode and portrait mode, shooting related parameter set P_4 corresponding to gourmet mode and gourmet mode, HDR camera mode And the relevant shooting parameter set P_8 corresponding to the HDR camera mode. The examples shown in Table 6 above are only used to explain the present application, and should not constitute a limitation.
3、拍摄内容可以包括:人像、绿植、花朵、食物、日出、夕阳等。3. The shooting content can include: portraits, green plants, flowers, food, sunrise, sunset, etc.
其中,每一种拍摄模式可以对应一组拍摄相关参数集。其中,拍摄相关参数集包括拍摄参数集和PQ效果参数集。该PQ效果参数集可以用于终端对图片进行PQ效果调节,例如,对比度调整、亮度调整、色彩饱和度调整、色调调整、清晰度调整(如数字降噪(digital noise reduction,DNR)调整)、彩色边缘增强(chroma TI,CTI)调整等图像质量调整。Each shooting mode can correspond to a set of shooting-related parameter sets. Among them, the shooting related parameter set includes a shooting parameter set and a PQ effect parameter set. The PQ effect parameter set can be used for the terminal to adjust the PQ effect of the picture, for example, contrast adjustment, brightness adjustment, color saturation adjustment, hue adjustment, sharpness adjustment (such as digital noise reduction (DNR) adjustment), Image quality adjustments such as color edge enhancement (chroma TI, CTI) adjustments.
示例性的,拍摄内容与拍摄相关参数集的对应关系可以如下表7所示:Exemplarily, the correspondence between the shooting content and the shooting-related parameter set may be as shown in Table 7 below:
表7拍摄内容与拍摄相关参数集的对应关系Table 7 Correspondence between shooting content and shooting related parameter sets
拍摄内容Shooting content 拍摄相关参数集Shooting related parameter set
人像Portrait P_9P_9
绿植Greenery P_10P_10
花朵Flowers P_11P_11
食物food P_12P_12
日出sunrise P_13P_13
夕阳Sunset P_14P_14
……... ……...
由上表7所示的拍摄模式与拍摄相关参数集的对应关系可以看出,人像拍摄内容对应的拍摄相关参数集为P_9,绿植拍摄内容对应的拍摄相关参数集为P_10,花朵拍摄内容对应的拍摄相关参数集为P_11,食物拍摄内容对应的拍摄相关参数集为P_12,日出拍摄内容对应的拍摄相关参数集为P_13,夕阳拍摄内容对应的拍摄相关参数集为P_14。上述表7仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。It can be seen from the correspondence between the shooting modes and the shooting related parameter sets shown in Table 7 above, the shooting related parameter set corresponding to the portrait shooting content is P_9, the shooting related parameter set corresponding to the green plant shooting content is P_10, and the flower shooting content corresponds to The shooting related parameter set is P_11, the shooting related parameter set corresponding to food shooting content is P_12, the shooting related parameter set corresponding to sunrise shooting content is P_13, and the shooting related parameter set corresponding to sunset shooting content is P_14. The above Table 7 is only used to explain this application, and should not constitute a limitation.
终端可以记录下每次用户拍照时终端通过摄像头识别出的拍摄内容,因此,根据预设的拍摄内容与拍摄相关参数集P的对应关系,终端可以将用户拍照时终端通过摄像头识别出次数大于第二阈值(例如该第二阈值可以是1次、2次、3次、4次、5次、10次等)的拍摄内容,确定为该用户的常用拍摄内容。The terminal can record the shooting content recognized by the terminal through the camera each time the user takes a picture. Therefore, according to the correspondence between the preset shooting content and the shooting-related parameter set P, the terminal can record the number of times the terminal is recognized through the camera when the user takes a photo The shooting content of the second threshold (for example, the second threshold may be 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 10, etc.) is determined to be the commonly used shooting content of the user.
示例性的,终端的获取到用户的常用拍摄内容及拍摄内容对应的拍摄相关参数集可以如下表8所示:Exemplarily, the terminal's acquired common shooting content of the user and shooting related parameter sets corresponding to the shooting content may be as shown in Table 8 below:
表8用户的常用拍摄内容及对应的拍摄相关参数集Table 8 Common shooting content and corresponding shooting related parameter sets of users
用户的常用拍摄内容User's common shooting content 拍摄相关参数集Shooting related parameter set
人像Portrait P_9P_9
食物food P_12P_12
日出sunrise P_13P_13
夕阳Sunset P_14P_14
由上表8所示的用户的常用拍摄内容及对应的拍摄相关参数集可以看出,终端获取到的用户的常用拍摄内容及对应的拍摄相关参数集为:人像拍摄内容及人像拍摄内容对应的拍摄相关参数集P_9,食物拍摄内容及食物拍摄内容对应的拍摄相关参数集P_12,日出拍摄内容及日出拍摄内容对应的拍摄相关参数集P_13,夕阳拍摄内容及夕阳拍摄内容对应的拍摄相关参数集P_14。上述表8所示示例仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。It can be seen from the user's common shooting content and corresponding shooting related parameter sets shown in Table 8 above, that the user's common shooting content and corresponding shooting related parameter sets acquired by the terminal are: portrait shooting content and portrait shooting content corresponding to Shooting related parameter set P_9, food shooting content and shooting related parameter set corresponding to food shooting content P_12, sunrise shooting content and sunrise shooting content corresponding shooting related parameter set P_13, sunset shooting content and sunset shooting related shooting related parameters Set P_14. The example shown in Table 8 above is only for explaining the present application, and should not constitute a limitation.
4、浏览图片习惯可以包括分享的图片、删除的图片、收藏的图片、编辑的图片等。4. Picture browsing habits can include shared pictures, deleted pictures, favorite pictures, edited pictures, etc.
示例性的,终端可以接收用户打开相册的输入操作(例如点击终端的主界面上的相册应用图标、通过语音助手输入“打开相册”),响应于该打开相册的输入操作,终端可以打开相册应用,并在触控屏上显示出相册应用界面,该相册应用界面可以包括一张或多张照片。终端可以接收用户针对相册应用中的照片的分享操作、删除操作、收藏操作或编辑操作等,当终端接收到用户对用户所选照片的分享操作时,终端可以通过图像分析获取到用户分享的照片对应的拍摄相关参数集;当终端接收到用户对用户所选照片的删除操作时,终端可以通过图像分析获取到用户删除的照片对应的拍摄相关参数集;当终端接收到用户对用户所选照片的收藏操作时,终端可以通过图像分析获取到用户收藏的照片对应的拍摄相关参数集;当终端接收到用户对用户所选照片的编辑操作时,终端可以通过图像分析获取到用户编辑完的照片对应的拍摄相关参数集。Exemplarily, the terminal may receive a user's input operation to open an album (for example, click an album application icon on the terminal's main interface, and enter "open album" through a voice assistant), and in response to the input operation to open an album, the terminal may open an album application , And the album application interface is displayed on the touch screen, and the album application interface may include one or more photos. The terminal can receive the user's sharing operation, deletion operation, collection operation or editing operation of the photo in the album application. When the terminal receives the user's sharing operation of the user's selected photo, the terminal can obtain the user's shared photo through image analysis Corresponding shooting related parameter set; when the terminal receives the user's deletion of the user-selected photo, the terminal can obtain the shooting related parameter set corresponding to the user's deleted photo through image analysis; when the terminal receives the user's photo selected by the user During the collection operation, the terminal can obtain the shooting-related parameter set corresponding to the photos collected by the user through image analysis; when the terminal receives the user's editing operation on the photo selected by the user, the terminal can obtain the photo edited by the user through image analysis Corresponding shooting related parameter set.
其中,终端获取到的用户分享的图片、删除的图片、收藏的图片、编辑的图片,及这些图片各自对应的拍摄相关参数集可以如下表9所示:Among them, the user-shared pictures, deleted pictures, favorite pictures, edited pictures obtained by the terminal, and the shooting-related parameter sets corresponding to these pictures can be shown in Table 9 below:
表9用户浏览图片习惯及图片对应的拍摄相关参数集Table 9 User browsing picture habits and shooting related parameter sets corresponding to pictures
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000006
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000006
由上表9中所示用户浏览图片习惯及图片对应的PQ效果参数可知,用户分享的图片有图片_A、图片_B,其中,图片_A对应的拍摄相关参数集P_15,图片_B对应的拍摄相关参数集为P_16。用户删除的图片有图片_C、图片_D,其中,图片_C对应的拍摄相关参数集为P_17,图片_D对应的拍摄相关参数集为P_18。用户收藏的图片有图片_E、图片_F,其中,图片_E对应的拍摄相关参数集为P_19,图片_F对应的拍摄相关参数集为P_20。用户编辑的图片有图片_G、图片_H,其中,图片_G对应的拍摄相关参数集为P_21,图片_H对应的拍摄相关参数集为P_22。上述表9仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。According to the user's picture browsing habits and the corresponding PQ effect parameters shown in Table 9 above, the pictures shared by the user include picture_A and picture_B, where picture_A corresponds to the shooting related parameter set P_15 and picture_B corresponds to The shooting related parameter set is P_16. The pictures deleted by the user include picture_C and picture_D, where the shooting-related parameter set corresponding to picture_C is P_17, and the shooting-related parameter set corresponding to picture_D is P_18. The pictures collected by the user include picture_E and picture_F, where the shooting-related parameter set corresponding to picture_E is P_19, and the shooting-related parameter set corresponding to picture_F is P_20. The pictures edited by the user include picture_G and picture_H, where the shooting-related parameter set corresponding to picture_G is P_21, and the shooting-related parameter set corresponding to picture_H is P_22. The above Table 9 is only for explaining the present application, and should not constitute a limitation.
下面具体介绍本申请实施例中,终端对采集到的用户的数据进行预处理的流程。The following specifically describes the process for the terminal to pre-process the collected user data in the embodiment of the present application.
在终端采集到用户的数据之后,终端可以对采集的用户数据进行预处理以提取有效源数据、并存储到数据库中。After the terminal collects user data, the terminal can preprocess the collected user data to extract valid source data and store it in the database.
请参见图8所示,图8示出了用户数据预处理的流程示意图。如图8所示,图8中用户数据预处理过程包括如下步骤:Please refer to FIG. 8, which shows a schematic diagram of user data pre-processing. As shown in FIG. 8, the user data preprocessing process in FIG. 8 includes the following steps:
1、终端判断采集到的用户数据是否为通用数据,若是,则终端对采集到的通用数据进行冗余数据去除和异常数据过滤,并将去除冗余数据和异常数据的通用数据存储到用户的数据库中。其中,该用户的数据库可以在本地终端上也可以在远端服务器上,在此不做限定。1. The terminal determines whether the collected user data is general data. If so, the terminal performs redundant data removal and abnormal data filtering on the collected general data, and stores the general data removed redundant data and abnormal data to the user Database. Among them, the user's database may be on a local terminal or a remote server, which is not limited here.
冗余数据去除是指终端对采集到的用户数据中重复性的数据进行去除,以减小存储到数据库中的有效通用数据的大小。例如,终端在采集用户数据时,终端的每一次数据采集可以通过不同的路径采集到多份的数据。在终端的某一次采集的数据中,终端从生活服务应用中获取到用户设置默认的快递接收地址为“深圳”,则终端可以将该默认的快递接收地址,确定为用户的通用数据中的常驻地,即终端获取到一份用户常驻地的数据为“常驻地为‘深圳’”。另外,终端通过手机的定位服务功能,获取到终端在一个月中有超过20天的晚上(如23:00至次日6:00)的位置地址在“深圳”,则终端可以将位置地址“深圳”确定为用户的常驻地,即终端又获取到了一份用户常驻地的数据为“常驻地为‘深圳’”。终端获取到这两份同样的常驻地的数据之后,可以保留一份常驻地数据确定为有效的常驻地数据存储到用户的数据库中。又例如,当终端在用户的数据库中已经存储了用户的常驻地为“深 圳”时,终端在采集的用户数据中有一份数据为用户的常驻地为“深圳”,与用户的数据库中存储的用户的常驻地相同,则终端可以去除该采集到的“用户的常驻地为‘深圳’”的这一份数据。上述示例仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。Redundant data removal means that the terminal removes the repetitive data in the collected user data to reduce the size of the effective general data stored in the database. For example, when the terminal collects user data, each data collection of the terminal can collect multiple copies of data through different paths. In a certain data collected by the terminal, the terminal obtains from the life service application that the user sets the default courier receiving address to "Shenzhen", then the terminal can determine the default courier receiving address as the normal in the user's general data Station, that is, the terminal obtains a piece of data of the user's permanent residence as "the permanent residence is 'Shenzhen'". In addition, if the terminal obtains the location address of the terminal in the evening of more than 20 days (such as 23:00 to 6:00 the next day) in a month through the location service function of the mobile phone, the terminal can change the location address " "Shenzhen" is determined as the resident location of the user, that is, the terminal obtains a piece of data of the resident location of the user as "the resident location is 'Shenzhen'". After the terminal obtains the two pieces of data of the same permanent residence, it can retain a copy of the data of the permanent residence and determine that the data of the permanent residence is valid and stored in the user's database. For another example, when the terminal has stored the user's resident location as "Shenzhen" in the user's database, the terminal has a piece of data in the collected user data that the user's resident location is "Shenzhen", and the user's database If the stored resident location of the user is the same, the terminal can remove the collected piece of data that “the resident location of the user is 'Shenzhen'”. The above examples are only used to explain this application and should not be construed as limitations.
异常数据过滤是指终端对采集到的用户数据中的不合理的数据进行过滤去除。异常数据产生的原因可以是其中,不合理的数据可以指该数据超出了数据属性的取值范围。例如,终端可以对用户的年龄数据属性的取值进行规约:年龄的取值区间为0~150岁,若终端采集到一份数据中用户的年龄为200岁,不在年龄的取值区间内,则终端确定这一份数据为异常数据,并过滤去除该异常数据。示例仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。Abnormal data filtering refers to the terminal filtering and removing unreasonable data in the collected user data. The reason for the abnormal data may be that the unreasonable data may mean that the data exceeds the value range of the data attribute. For example, the terminal can regulate the value of the user's age data attribute: the value range of age is 0 to 150 years old, if the user's age is 200 years old in a piece of data collected by the terminal, it is not within the value range of age, Then, the terminal determines that this piece of data is abnormal data, and filters to remove the abnormal data. The examples are only for explaining this application and should not be construed as limitations.
2、在终端采集到的用户数据不是通用数据的情况下,终端判断该采集到的用户数据是否为拍摄参数,若是,则终端将拍摄参数存储到用户的数据库中。2. In the case that the user data collected by the terminal is not general data, the terminal determines whether the collected user data is a shooting parameter, and if so, the terminal stores the shooting parameters in the user's database.
其中,该拍摄参数可以包括白平衡、ISO、曝光补偿、快门速度、对焦模式、测光模式、亮度、饱和度、对比度、锐度等。Among them, the shooting parameters may include white balance, ISO, exposure compensation, shutter speed, focus mode, metering mode, brightness, saturation, contrast, sharpness, etc.
3、在终端采集到的用户数据既不是通用数据,也不是拍摄参数的情况下,终端若判断出采集到的用户数据为拍摄模式、拍摄内容,则终端提取出该拍摄模式或拍摄内容中所预设的拍摄相关参数集,并将从拍摄模式或拍摄内容中提取的该拍摄相关参数集存储到用户的数据库中。若否,则终端判断该图片是否清晰,若该图片清晰,则终端对该图片进行图片分析以提取该图片对应的拍摄相关参数集,并存储到用户的数据库中。示例性的,终端可以通过判断该图片的清晰度的值是否大于预设清晰度阈值,若是,则该图片为清晰。3. In the case that the user data collected by the terminal is neither general data nor shooting parameters, if the terminal determines that the collected user data is a shooting mode or shooting content, the terminal extracts the shooting mode or shooting content. A preset shooting related parameter set, and the shooting related parameter set extracted from the shooting mode or shooting content is stored in the user's database. If not, the terminal judges whether the picture is clear. If the picture is clear, the terminal analyzes the picture to extract the shooting-related parameter set corresponding to the picture and stores it in the user's database. Exemplarily, the terminal may determine whether the sharpness value of the picture is greater than a preset sharpness threshold, and if so, the picture is clear.
下面具体介绍本申请实施例中,终端用户的数据进行特征提取的过程。In the following, the process of feature extraction of end user data in the embodiment of the present application is specifically described.
1、终端对用户的通用数据进行特征提取1. The terminal performs feature extraction on the user's general data
请参见图9,图9为本申请实施例中终端对用户的通用数据特征提取的流程图。如图5所示,在开启本申请提供的智能拍照功能后,终端可以采集用户的数据信息,其中,终端收集到的用户的数据信息包括用户的个人基础信息、行为习惯、兴趣爱好、拍摄爱好、浏览图片习惯等。接着,终端对采集到的用户数据进行上述图8所示的预处理流程,提取出有效的源数据。最后,终端将预处理后的通用数据(包括个人基础信息、行为习惯、兴趣爱好)与预先训练的通用特征标签库中的数据进行匹配,并将匹配到的特征标签对应的特征值存储到用户的数据库中。Please refer to FIG. 9, which is a flowchart of terminal extraction of a user ’s general data features in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 5, after the smart camera function provided by the present application is turned on, the terminal can collect user data information, where the user data information collected by the terminal includes the user's personal basic information, behavior habits, hobbies, and shooting hobbies , Picture browsing habits, etc. Next, the terminal performs the preprocessing process shown in FIG. 8 on the collected user data to extract valid source data. Finally, the terminal matches the pre-processed general data (including personal basic information, behavior habits, and hobbies) with the data in the pre-trained general feature tag library, and stores the feature values corresponding to the matched feature tags to the user In the database.
示例性的,终端预处理后的通用数据可以如下表10所示:Exemplarily, the general data preprocessed by the terminal may be as shown in Table 10 below:
表10通用有效数据Table 10 General valid data
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000007
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000008
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000008
由上表10中示出的通用有效数据可知,用户的个人基础信息:性别为女,出生年份为1994年,常住地为深圳;该用户的行为习惯:最常用的应用程序为天天P图,使用时间最多的APP为微信,插耳机后使用的APP为网易云音乐,常去地点为海边,睡觉时间为23:00,起床时间为8:00;该用户的兴趣爱好:阅读偏好为言情小说、时尚杂志,上网浏览习惯为经常搜索的关键词“景点”。上述表10仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定,具体实现中,用户的通用有效数据还可以包括更多信息。According to the general valid data shown in Table 10 above, the user's personal basic information: gender is female, year of birth is 1994, and habitual residence is Shenzhen; behavioral habits of the user: the most commonly used application is the daily P chart, The most used APP is WeChat, the APP used after plugging in the headset is NetEase Cloud Music, the frequent place is the beach, the sleeping time is 23:00, and the wake-up time is 8:00; the user ’s hobbies: reading preferences are romantic novels , Fashion magazines, Internet browsing habits are often searched for the keyword "attractions". The above Table 10 is only used to explain the present application, and should not constitute a limitation. In a specific implementation, the general valid data of the user may also include more information.
示例性的,终端的预先训练的通用特征标签库可以如下表11所示:Exemplarily, the pre-trained general feature label library of the terminal may be as shown in Table 11 below:
表11预先训练的通用特征标签库Table 11 Pre-trained general feature label library
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000009
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000010
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000010
由上表11示出的预训练的特征标签库可知,特征标签为男性的特征ID值为0000,特征标签为女性的特征ID值为0001。出生年份在1978年——2018年对应的特征标签为“年轻人”,其特征ID值为0002。出生年份在1959年——1977年对应的特征标签为“中年人”,其特征ID值为0003。出生年份在1958年以前对应的特征标签为“老年人”,其特征ID值为0004。常用或使用时间最多或插耳机后使用的APP类型为“音乐”对应的特征标签为“音乐”(特征ID值为0005)。常用或使用时间最多或插耳机后使用的APP类型为“购物”对应的特征标签为“购物”(特征ID值为0006)。常用或使用时间最多或插耳机后使用的APP类型为“旅游”对应的特征标签为“旅游”(特征ID值为0007)。常用或实际使用时间最多或插耳机后使用的APP类型为“游戏”对应的特征标签为“游戏”(特征ID值为0008)。常用或实际使用时间最多或插耳机后使用的APP类型为“社交”对应的特征标签为“社交”(特征ID值为0009)。常用或实际使用时间最多或插耳机后使用的APP类型为“娱乐”对应的特征标签为“娱乐”(特征ID值为0010)。常用或实际使用时间最多或插耳机后使用的APP类型为“电影”对应的特征标签为电影(特征ID值为0011)。阅读偏好类型为“体育资讯”对应的特征标签为“体育”(特征ID值为0012)。平均看电子书时长大于30分钟对应的特征标签为“读书”(特征ID值为0013)。平均每天上网浏览新闻时长大于30分钟对应的特征标签为“新闻资讯”(特征ID值为0014)。经常上网搜索关键词为“理财”或“投资”等对应的特征标签为“理财”(特征ID值为0015)。经常上网搜索关键词为“职场”或“工作”等对应的特征标签为“商务”(特征ID值为0016)。上述表11仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。From the pre-trained feature tag library shown in Table 11 above, it can be known that the feature tag for males has a feature ID value of 0000, and the feature tag for women is a feature ID value of 0001. The year of birth is from 1978 to 2018. The corresponding feature label is "Young People", and the feature ID value is 0002. The year of birth is from 1959 to 1977. The corresponding feature label is "middle-aged person", and the feature ID value is 0003. The feature label corresponding to the year of birth before 1958 is "elderly", and the feature ID value is 0004. The feature tag corresponding to the most commonly used or most used time or the type of APP used after plugging in the headset is "Music" is "Music" (feature ID value is 0005). The feature tag corresponding to the most commonly used or most used time or the type of APP used after plugging in the headset is "shopping" (the feature ID value is 0006). The feature label corresponding to the most commonly used or most used time or the type of APP used after plugging in the headset is "tourism" is "tourism" (feature ID value is 0007). The feature label corresponding to the most commonly used or actually used time or the type of APP used after plugging in the headset is "Game" is "Game" (feature ID value is 0008). The feature label corresponding to the most commonly used or actually used time or the type of APP used after plugging in the headset is "social" is "social" (feature ID value is 0009). The feature label corresponding to the most commonly used or actually used time or the type of APP used after plugging in the headset is "entertainment" is "entertainment" (feature ID value is 0010). The feature tag corresponding to the most commonly used or actually used time or the type of APP used after plugging in a headset is "movie" is a movie (feature ID value is 0011). The characteristic label corresponding to the reading preference type "sports information" is "sports" (the characteristic ID value is 0012). The feature tag corresponding to the average e-book reading time longer than 30 minutes is "reading" (feature ID value is 0013). The feature tag corresponding to the average daily Internet browsing time of more than 30 minutes is "news information" (feature ID value is 0014). On the Internet, it is often searched for keywords such as "finance" or "investment" and the corresponding feature label is "finance" (feature ID value is 0015). On the Internet, it is often searched for keywords such as "workplace" or "work" and the corresponding feature tag is "business" (feature ID value is 0016). The above Table 11 is only for explaining the present application, and should not constitute a limitation.
结合上述表10和上述表11,用户的通用数据特征标签可以如下表12所示:Combining the above Table 10 and the above Table 11, the user's general data feature label may be as shown in Table 12 below:
表12用户的通用特征标签即通用特征标签对应的特征ID值Table 12 The user's universal feature tag, that is, the feature ID value corresponding to the universal feature tag
用户的通用特征标签User's common feature label 通用特征标签对应的特征ID值Feature ID value corresponding to the universal feature tag
女性female 00010001
年轻人young people 00020002
音乐music 00050005
购物shopping 00060006
旅游tourism 00070007
社交Socializing 00090009
由上述表12所示的该用户的通用特征标签可知,用户的通用特征标签有女性(特征ID值为0001)、年轻人(特征ID值为0002)、音乐(通用特征ID值为0004)、购物(特征ID值为0006)、旅游(特征ID值为0007)、社交(特征ID值为0009)。终端可以将上述通用特征标签以特征ID值的形式存储到用户的数据库中。上述表12仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。From the user's general feature tags shown in Table 12 above, the user's general feature tags are female (feature ID value 0001), young people (feature ID value 0002), music (general feature ID value 0004), Shopping (feature ID value 0006), travel (feature ID value 0007), and social networking (feature ID value 0009). The terminal may store the above-mentioned universal feature tags in the form of feature ID values in the user's database. The above Table 12 is only for explaining this application, and should not constitute a limitation.
2、终端对用户的拍摄相关数据进行特征提取。2. The terminal performs feature extraction on the user's shooting related data.
下面首先介绍终端通过神经网络(例如卷积神经网络(convolutional neural network,CNN)),训练出拍摄相关参数集P与拍摄特征标签向量集S的映射函数f(x)的过程。The process of training the mapping function f (x) of the shooting related parameter set P and the shooting feature label vector set S through the neural network (such as convolutional neural network (CNN)) is first introduced by the terminal.
请参见图10,图10中的10a为本申请实施例中终端训练神经网络的流程图。如图10中的10a所示,首先,终端可以预存不同类别的若干张不同标签信息的相同图片,其中,标签信息可以指图片对应的拍摄特征标签(例如强美颜、弱美颜、小清新、日系等)分值向量集(例如{强美颜的分值,弱美颜的分值,小清新的分值,日系的分值}),以及图片对应的拍摄相关参数集。其中,一组图片中,不同的图片都对应有不同的拍摄相关参数集(包括拍摄参数集{a1,a2,a3,……}和PQ效果参数可以为{b1,b2,b3,……}),以及对应有不同的拍摄特征标签分值向量集S。然后,终端可以选取几组(例如10组)以供用户选择。接着,终端可以将用户选中的图片对应的标签信息作为神经网络的冷启动训练参数集合Q{P→S},其中,P包括拍摄参数集和PQ效果参数集,S为拍摄特征标签(例如强美颜、弱美颜、小清新、日系等)的分值。最后,终端可以将训练参数集合Q输入到神经网络(例如卷积神经网络),使用深度学习算法获得映射函数f(x)。Please refer to FIG. 10, 10a in FIG. 10 is a flowchart of a terminal training a neural network in an embodiment of the present application. As shown in 10a in FIG. 10, first, the terminal may pre-store several identical pictures with different tag information in different categories, where the tag information may refer to the shooting feature tags corresponding to the picture (eg, strong beauty, weak beauty, small freshness) , Japanese, etc.) score vector set (such as {strong beauty score, weak beauty score, small fresh score, Japanese score}), and the shooting related parameter set corresponding to the picture. Among them, in a group of pictures, different pictures correspond to different shooting related parameter sets (including shooting parameter sets {a1, a2, a3, ...} and PQ effect parameters can be {b1, b2, b3, ...} ), And corresponding to different shooting feature label score vector set S. Then, the terminal may select several groups (for example, 10 groups) for the user to select. Then, the terminal can use the label information corresponding to the picture selected by the user as the cold start training parameter set Q {P → S} of the neural network, where P includes the shooting parameter set and the PQ effect parameter set, and S is the shooting feature label (such as strong Beauty, weak beauty, small freshness, Japanese, etc.). Finally, the terminal can input the training parameter set Q to a neural network (such as a convolutional neural network), and use a deep learning algorithm to obtain a mapping function f (x).
示例性的,如上述图4的4d中所示的10组效果图片。其中,第1组效果图片可以包括图片a、图片b、图片c、图片d。终端在接收到用户选择图片b的输入操作(例如点击图片b)之后,终端可以将图片b对应的拍摄相关参数集P_b和拍摄特征标签分值向量集S_b作为一组冷启动训练参数集Q_b{P_b→S_b}输入到神经网络中,使用深度学习算法获得映射函数f(x)。其中,终端可以接收用户在选取的多个效果图片,冷启动训练参数集Q不仅仅包括图片b对应的拍摄相关参数集P_b和拍摄特征标签分值向量集S_b,还包括用户选取的其他图片(例如图片e)对应的拍摄相关参数集P_e和拍摄特征标签分值向量集S_e。具体内容未详述的部分可以参考上述图4所示实施例。这样,终端通过获取用户选取的效果图片对应的训练集,对神经网络进行训练,使得训练得到的映射函数f(x)输出的拍摄特征标签分值向量集符合用户的喜好,提高了用户的体验。Exemplarily, the 10 sets of effect pictures shown in 4d of FIG. 4 above. The first group of effect pictures may include picture a, picture b, picture c, and picture d. After the terminal receives the input operation of selecting the picture b by the user (for example, clicking on the picture b), the terminal may use the shooting related parameter set P_b and the shooting feature label score vector set S_b corresponding to the picture b as a set of cold start training parameter sets Q_b { P_b → S_b} is input into the neural network, and a deep learning algorithm is used to obtain the mapping function f (x). Among them, the terminal can receive multiple effect pictures selected by the user. The cold start training parameter set Q includes not only the shooting related parameter set P_b and the shooting feature label score vector set S_b corresponding to the picture b, but also other pictures selected by the user ( For example, picture e) corresponding shooting related parameter set P_e and shooting feature label score vector set S_e. For the part not detailed in the specific content, reference may be made to the embodiment shown in FIG. 4 above. In this way, the terminal trains the neural network by acquiring the training set corresponding to the effect picture selected by the user, so that the shooting feature label score vector set output by the mapping function f (x) obtained by the training meets the user's preferences and improves the user's experience .
在一种可能的情况下,终端可以周期性训练神经网络,例如,训练周期T可以为10天、15天、1个月或更长。In a possible situation, the terminal may periodically train the neural network, for example, the training period T may be 10 days, 15 days, 1 month or longer.
如图10的10b所示,终端在训练神经网络模型之前,可以判断该次训练所需的训练集的个数N是否小于阈值M(例如11),若是,则终端可以以用户勾选过图片对应的拍摄相关参数集(例如图片b对应的P_b)和拍摄特征标签分值向量集(例如图片b对应的S_b)组成的训练集(例如Q_b{P_b→S_b})对神经网络模型进行训练,若否,则终端可以利用预先存储的训练集Q_n{P_n→S_n},输入到神经网络模型,其中,P_n为预先存储用于训练神经网络模型的拍摄相关参数集,S_n为预先存储用于训练神经网络模型的拍摄特征标签分值向量集,以得到映射函数f(x)。其中,预先存储的训练集的个数大于上述阈值M(例如11)。这样,由于利用神经网络模型训练映射函数f(x)时,训练集个数越多,终端利用训练出来的映射函数f(x)输出的拍摄特征标签分值向量集会越来越符合用户的喜好,因此,当用户手动选取的效果图片对应的训练集较少时,终端可以通过预先存储的样本训练集对神经网络模型进行训练,使得映射函数f(x)输出的拍摄特征标签分值向量集,更符合用户喜好,提高了用户体验。As shown in 10b of FIG. 10, before training the neural network model, the terminal can determine whether the number N of training sets required for the training is less than a threshold M (for example, 11), and if so, the terminal can check the picture with the user The training set (such as Q_b {P_b → S_b}) composed of the corresponding shooting related parameter set (such as P_b corresponding to picture b) and the shooting feature label score vector set (such as S_b corresponding to picture b) trains the neural network model, If not, the terminal can use the pre-stored training set Q_n {P_n → S_n} to input to the neural network model, where P_n is a pre-stored shooting related parameter set for training the neural network model, and S_n is pre-stored for training Neural network model shooting feature label score vector set to get the mapping function f (x). Wherein, the number of pre-stored training sets is greater than the threshold M (for example, 11). In this way, when the mapping function f (x) is trained using the neural network model, the more training sets, the terminal will use the training mapping function f (x) to output the shooting feature label score vector set will be more and more in line with user preferences Therefore, when there are fewer training sets corresponding to the effect pictures manually selected by the user, the terminal can train the neural network model through the pre-stored sample training set, so that the shooting feature label score vector set output by the mapping function f (x) , More in line with user preferences and improve the user experience.
下面介绍在终端训练完神经网络模型之后,终端提取用户的拍摄相关数据中的拍摄特征标签的过程。The following describes the process of extracting the shooting feature labels in the shooting related data of the user after the terminal has trained the neural network model.
如图10中的10c所示,在终端训练神经网络模型,得到映射函数f(x)之后,终端可以将上述终端采集到的用户的拍摄相关数据中的拍摄相关参数集P作为映射函数f(x)的输入向量输入到神经网络模型的映射函数f(x)中,以输出该用户的拍摄相关数据对应的拍摄特征标签分值向量集S。终端可以将输出的拍摄特征标签分值向量集S中分值最高的拍摄特征标签提取出来,作为该用户的一个拍摄特征标签,存入至用户的数据库中。其中,由于终端采集到用户的拍摄相关数据中的拍摄相关参数集P有多组(例如P_1、P_2、P_3、P_4、P_8等),终端依次将多组拍摄相关参数集P作为输入向量,输入到映射函数f(x)中,可以得到多组拍摄特征标签分值向量集S。在一种可能的情况下,终端可以从该多组拍摄特征标签分值向量集S中提取出多个拍摄特征标签。As shown in 10c in FIG. 10, after the terminal trains the neural network model to obtain the mapping function f (x), the terminal can use the shooting-related parameter set P in the user's shooting-related data collected by the terminal as the mapping function f ( The input vector of x) is input into the mapping function f (x) of the neural network model to output the shooting feature label score vector set S corresponding to the user's shooting related data. The terminal may extract the shooting feature tag with the highest score in the output shooting feature tag score vector set S, and store it as a shooting feature tag for the user in the user's database. Among them, since there are multiple sets of shooting-related parameter sets P in the shooting-related data collected by the terminal (for example, P_1, P_2, P_3, P_4, P_8, etc.), the terminal sequentially uses multiple sets of shooting-related parameter sets P as input vector In the mapping function f (x), multiple sets of score vectors S of shooting feature labels can be obtained. In a possible case, the terminal may extract multiple shooting feature tags from the multiple sets of shooting feature tag score vector sets S.
示例性的,结合上述表6、表8、表9,该终端采集到的用户的拍摄相关数据中的拍摄相关参数集P可以如下表13所示:Exemplarily, with reference to the above Table 6, Table 8, and Table 9, the shooting related parameter set P in the shooting related data of the user collected by the terminal may be as shown in Table 13 below:
表13用户的拍摄相关数据中的拍摄相关参数集Table 13 The shooting related parameter set in the shooting related data of the user
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000011
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000011
由上表13可知,终端采集到用户的拍摄相关数据中的拍摄相关参数集P有:P_1、P_2、P_3、P_4、P_8、P_9、P_12、P_13、P_14、P_15、P_16、P_17、P_18、P_19、P_20、P_21、P_22。表13仅仅用于解释申请,不应构成限定。As can be seen from Table 13 above, the shooting related parameter sets P in the shooting related data collected by the terminal are: P_1, P_2, P_3, P_4, P_8, P_9, P_12, P_13, P_14, P_15, P_16, P_17, P_18, P_19 , P_20, P_21, P_22. Table 13 is only for explaining the application and should not constitute a limitation.
终端可以将上述表13中的多组拍摄相关参数集P,依次输入到映射函数f(x)中,得出各拍摄相关参数集P对应的拍摄特征标签分值向量集S,并从各个拍摄特征标签分值向量 集S中提取出分值最高的拍摄特征标签。The terminal may input multiple sets of shooting-related parameter sets P in the above Table 13 into the mapping function f (x) in turn to obtain the shooting feature label score vector set S corresponding to each shooting-related parameter set P, and from each shooting The feature tag score vector set S extracts the shooting feature tag with the highest score.
示例性的,拍摄特征标签分值向量集S可以表示为{c1,c2,c3,c4,c5,c6},其中,c1为拍摄特征标签“强美颜”的分值,c2为拍摄特征标签“弱美颜”的分值,c3为拍摄特征标签“小清新”的分值,c4为拍摄特征标签“日系”的分值,c5为拍摄特征标签“欧美风”的分值,c6为拍摄特征标签“小清新+弱美颜”的分值。Exemplarily, the shooting feature label score vector set S can be expressed as {c1, c2, c3, c4, c5, c6}, where c1 is the shooting feature label "strong beauty" score, and c2 is the shooting feature label The score of "weak beauty", c3 is the score of the shooting feature label "Small Fresh", c4 is the score of the shooting feature label "Japanese", c5 is the score of the shooting feature label "European style", and c6 is the shooting The score of the feature label "Small Fresh + Weak Beauty".
其中,上述表13中的各拍摄相关参数集P对应的拍摄特征标签分值向量集S,以及各个拍摄特征标签分值向量集S中分值最高的拍摄特征标签,可以如下表14所示:Among them, the shooting feature label score vector set S corresponding to each shooting related parameter set P in Table 13 above, and the shooting feature label with the highest score in each shooting feature label score vector set S may be as shown in Table 14 below:
表14各拍摄相关参数集对应的拍摄特征标签分值向量集、分值最高的拍摄特征标签Table 14 The shooting feature label score vector set corresponding to each shooting related parameter set, and the shooting feature label with the highest score
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000012
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000012
由上表14可知,终端对用户的拍摄相关数据进行特征提取,提取出的用户的拍摄特征标签有弱美颜、小清新、日系。且拍摄特征标签对应的特征ID值可以如下表15所示:As can be seen from Table 14 above, the terminal performs feature extraction on the user's shooting related data, and the extracted shooting feature tags of the user include weak beauty, small freshness, and Japanese. And the feature ID value corresponding to the shooting feature tag can be shown in Table 15 below:
表15用户的拍摄特征标签及其对应的特征ID值Table 15 User's shooting feature tags and their corresponding feature ID values
用户的拍摄特征标签User's shooting feature tag 特征ID值Feature ID value
弱美颜Weak beauty 002002
小清新Small fresh 003003
日系Japanese 004004
由上述表15所示的用户的拍摄特征标签及其对应的特征ID值可以看出,该用户的拍摄特征标签“弱美颜”对应的特征ID值为002,该用户的拍摄特征标签“小清新”对应的特征ID值为003,该用户的拍摄特征标签“日系”对应的特征ID值为004。终端可以将上 述通用特征标签以特征ID值的形式存储到用户的数据库中。上述表15仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。It can be seen from the user's shooting feature tags and their corresponding feature ID values shown in Table 15 above, that the user's shooting feature tag "weak beauty" corresponds to a feature ID value of 002, and the user's shooting feature tag "small The feature ID value corresponding to "Fresh" is 003, and the feature ID value corresponding to the user's shooting feature label "Japanese" is 004. The terminal may store the above-mentioned universal feature tags in the form of feature ID values in the user's database. The above Table 15 is only for explaining the present application, and should not constitute a limitation.
在一种可能的情况下,该用户的拍摄特征标签可以是各个拍摄特征标签分值向量集S中分值大于第一阈值的拍摄特征标签。例如,第一阈值可以为0.7,结合上述表14,可以看出用户的拍摄特征标签包括“小清新”。示例仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。In a possible case, the shooting feature tag of the user may be a shooting feature tag whose score value in each shooting feature tag score vector set S is greater than the first threshold. For example, the first threshold may be 0.7, and in combination with Table 14 above, it can be seen that the user's shooting feature tag includes "small freshness". The examples are only for explaining this application and should not be construed as limitations.
下面具体介绍本申请实施例中,终端对用户的通用特征标签和用户的拍摄特征标签进行特征标签融合的过程。The following specifically describes the process in which the terminal performs feature tag fusion on the user's general feature tag and the user's shooting feature tag in the embodiment of the present application.
请参见图11,图11为本申请实施例提供的一种特征标签融合的过程。如图11所示,用户的通用特征标签可以包括:女性、年轻人、音乐、购物、旅游、社交。用户的拍摄特征标签可以包括:弱美颜、小清新、日系。其中,每一个通用特征标签与每一个拍摄特征标签都对应有一个分值。例如,女性与弱美颜对应的分值为x1,女性与小清新对应的分值为y1,女性与日系对应的分值为z1。年轻人与弱美颜对应的分值为x2,年轻人与小清新对应的分值为y2,年轻人与日系对应的分值为z2。音乐与弱美颜对应的分值为x3,音乐与小清新对应的分值为y3,音乐与日系对应的分值为z3。购物与弱美颜对应的分值为x4,购物与小清新对应的分值为y4,购物与日系对应的分值为z4。旅游与弱美颜对应的分值为x5,旅游与小清新对应的分值为y5,旅游与日系对应的分值为z5。社交与弱美颜对应的分值为x6,社交与小清新对应的分值为y6,社交与日系对应的分值为z6。Please refer to FIG. 11, which is a feature label fusion process provided by an embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 11, the user's general feature tags may include: women, young people, music, shopping, travel, and socializing. The shooting feature tags of the user may include: weak beauty, small freshness, and Japanese. Among them, each universal feature tag corresponds to each shooting feature tag with a score. For example, the score corresponding to women with weak beauty is x1, the score corresponding to women with Xiaoqing is y1, and the score corresponding to women with Japanese is z1. The score for young people and weak beauty is x2, the score for young people and Xiaoqing is y2, and the score for young people and Japanese is z2. The score corresponding to music and weak beauty is x3, the score corresponding to music and Xiaoqing is y3, and the score corresponding to music and Japanese is z3. The score for shopping and weak beauty is x4, the score for shopping and Xiaoqing is y4, and the score for shopping and Japanese is z4. The score corresponding to tourism and weak beauty is x5, the score corresponding to tourism and small freshness is y5, and the score corresponding to tourism and Japanese is z5. The score corresponding to social and weak beauty is x6, the score corresponding to social and small fresh is y6, and the score corresponding to social and Japanese is z6.
其中,用户的通用特征标签的融合权值为L1,用户的拍摄特征标签融合权值为L2。终端进行特征标签融合之后所得到的融合特征标签与用户的拍摄特征标签相同,即融合特征标签可以包括弱美颜、小清新、日系。其中,融合特征标签“弱美颜”对应的融合特征标签分值T1可以为由如下公式(1)计算得到:Among them, the fusion weight value of the user's general feature label is L1, and the fusion weight value of the user's shooting feature label is L2. The fusion feature tag obtained after the terminal performs feature tag fusion is the same as the user's shooting feature tag, that is, the fusion feature tag may include weak beauty, small freshness, and Japanese. The fusion feature label score T1 corresponding to the fusion feature label "weak beauty" can be calculated by the following formula (1):
T1=L1*(x1+x2+x3+x4+x5+x6)+L2*1公式(1)T1 = L1 * (x1 + x2 + x3 + x4 + x5 + x6) + L2 * 1 formula (1)
其中,在上述公式(1)中,L1为用户的通用特征标签的融合权值,L2为用户的拍摄特征标签融合权值,x1为通用特征标签“女性”与拍摄特征标签“弱美颜”对应的分值,x2为通用特征标签“年轻人”与拍摄特征标签“弱美颜”对应的分值,x3为通用特征标签“音乐”与拍摄特征标签“弱美颜”对应的分值,x4为通用特征标签“购物”与拍摄特征标签“弱美颜”对应的分值,x5为通用特征标签“旅游”与拍摄特征标签“弱美颜”对应的分值,x6为通用特征标签“社交”与拍摄特征标签“弱美颜”对应的分值。In the above formula (1), L1 is the fusion weight of the user's general feature label, L2 is the user's shooting feature label fusion weight, and x1 is the general feature label "female" and the shooting feature label "weak beauty" Corresponding score, x2 is the score corresponding to the general feature label "young man" and the shooting feature label "weak beauty", x3 is the score corresponding to the general feature label "music" and the shooting feature label "weak beauty", x4 is the score corresponding to the general feature label "shopping" and the shooting feature label "weak beauty", x5 is the score corresponding to the general feature label "tourism" and the shooting feature label "weak beauty", and x6 is the general feature label " The score of "Social" and the shooting feature label "weak beauty".
融合特征标签“弱美颜”对应的融合特征标签分值T2可以为由如下公式(2)计算得到:The fusion feature label score T2 corresponding to the fusion feature label "weak beauty" can be calculated by the following formula (2):
T2=L1*(y1+y2+y3+y4+y5+y6)+L2*1公式(2)T2 = L1 * (y1 + y2 + y3 + y4 + y5 + y6) + L2 * 1 formula (2)
其中,在上述公式(2)中,L1为用户的通用特征标签的融合权值,L2为用户的拍摄特征标签融合权值,y1为通用特征标签“女性”与拍摄特征标签“小清新”对应的分值,y2为通用特征标签“年轻人”与拍摄特征标签“小清新”对应的分值,y3为通用特征标签“音乐”与拍摄特征标签“小清新”对应的分值,y4为通用特征标签“购物”与拍摄特征标签“小清新”对应的分值,y5为通用特征标签“旅游”与拍摄特征标签“小清新”对应的分值,y6为通用特征标签“社交”与拍摄特征标签“小清新”对应的分值。Among them, in the above formula (2), L1 is the fusion weight of the user's general feature label, L2 is the user's shooting feature label fusion weight, and y1 is the general feature label "female" corresponds to the shooting feature label "small fresh" , Y2 is the score corresponding to the general feature label "Young People" and the shooting feature label "Small Fresh", y3 is the score corresponding to the general feature Label "Music" and the shooting feature label "Small Fresh", y4 is the general purpose The score corresponding to the feature tag "Shopping" and the shooting feature tag "Small Fresh", y5 is the score corresponding to the general feature tag "Tourism" and the shooting feature tag "Small Fresh", and y6 is the generic feature tag "Social" and shooting features The score corresponding to the label "Small Fresh".
融合特征标签“弱美颜”对应的融合特征标签分值T3可以为由如下公式(3)计算得到:The fusion feature label score T3 corresponding to the fusion feature label "weak beauty" can be calculated by the following formula (3):
T3=L1*(z1+z2+z3+z4+z5+z6)+L2*1公式(3)T3 = L1 * (z1 + z2 + z3 + z4 + z5 + z6) + L2 * 1 formula (3)
其中,在上述公式(3)中,L1为用户的通用特征标签的融合权值,L2为用户的拍摄特征标签融合权值,z1为通用特征标签“女性”与拍摄特征标签“日系”对应的分值,z2为通用特征标签“年轻人”与拍摄特征标签“日系”对应的分值,z3为通用特征标签“音乐”与拍摄特征标签“日系”对应的分值,z4为通用特征标签“购物”与拍摄特征标签“日系”对应的分值,z5为通用特征标签“旅游”与拍摄特征标签“小清新”对应的分值,z6为通用特征标签“社交”与拍摄特征标签“日系”对应的分值。Among them, in the above formula (3), L1 is the fusion weight of the user's general feature label, L2 is the user's shooting feature label fusion weight, and z1 is the corresponding of the general feature label "female" and the shooting feature label "Japanese" Score, z2 is the score corresponding to the general feature label "Young People" and the shooting feature label "Japanese", z3 is the score corresponding to the general feature label "Music" and the shooting feature label "Japanese", z4 is the generic feature label " "Shopping" is the score corresponding to the shooting feature tag "Japanese", z5 is the score corresponding to the general feature tag "Travel" and the shooting feature tag "Small Fresh", and z6 is the general feature tag "Social" and the shooting feature tag "Japanese" The corresponding score.
示例性的,用户的通用特征标签的融合权值L1可以为0.6、用户的通用特征标签的融合权值L2可以为0.4。通用特征标签与拍摄特征标签对应的分值可以如下表16所示:Exemplarily, the fusion weight L1 of the user's general feature label may be 0.6, and the fusion weight L2 of the user's general feature label may be 0.4. The scores corresponding to the general feature tag and the shooting feature tag can be shown in Table 16 below:
表16通用特征标签与拍摄特征标签对应的分值Table 16 Scores corresponding to general feature tags and shooting feature tags
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000013
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000013
由上述表16,以及上述公式(1)、公式(2)、公式(3)终端可以计算出,融合特征标签“弱美颜”对应的融合标签分值T1为1.54,融合特征标签“小清新”对应的融合标签分值T2为1.96,融合特征标签“日系”对应的融标签分值T3为1.3。其中,融合特征标签分值最高的融合特征标签为小清新。From the above Table 16, and the above formula (1), formula (2), and formula (3), the terminal can calculate that the fusion tag score T1 corresponding to the fusion feature tag “weak beauty” is 1.54, and the fusion feature tag “small fresh "The corresponding fusion label score T2 is 1.96, and the fusion feature label" Japanese "corresponds to the fusion label score T3 of 1.3. Among them, the fusion feature label with the highest fusion feature label score is Xiaoxin.
终端可以将融合特征标签分值最高的融合特征标签确定为用户的智能拍照标签,并将该智能拍照标签存储到用户的数据库中,其中,该用户的智能拍照标签可以用于终端为用户在拍照时设置拍摄画面的PQ效果参数。The terminal may determine the fusion feature tag with the highest fusion feature tag score as the user's smart camera tag and store the smart camera tag in the user's database, where the user's smart camera tag may be used by the terminal to take photos of the user To set the PQ effect parameters of the shooting screen.
下面介绍本申请实施例中,设置在用户使用智能拍照功能进行拍照时的PQ效果参数。The following describes the PQ effect parameters set when the user uses the smart camera function to take pictures in the embodiment of the present application.
如图12所示,终端中可以预存储有各融合特征标签对应的PQ效果参数集。例如,融合特征标签“弱美颜”对应的PQ效果参数集为参数集1,融合特征标签“小清新”对应的PQ效果参数集为参数集2,融合特征标签“日系”对应的PQ效果参数集为参数集3。As shown in FIG. 12, the terminal may pre-store the PQ effect parameter set corresponding to each fusion feature label. For example, the PQ effect parameter set corresponding to the fusion feature label "weak beauty" is parameter set 1, the PQ effect parameter set corresponding to the fusion feature label "Xiao Qingxin" is parameter set 2, and the PQ effect parameter corresponding to the fusion feature label "Japanese" Set is parameter set 3.
终端可以在计算出各融合特征标签对应的融合特征标签分值之后,可以采用融合特征标签分值最高的融合特征标签(即智能拍照标签)对应的PQ效果参数集,对终端拍照时捕捉到的画面,进行图像处理,从而得到智能拍照的照片。示例性的,融合特征标签分值最高的融合特征标签(即智能拍照标签)可以为“小清新”,智能拍照标签“小清新”对应 的PQ效果参数集为参数集3,即终端可以将利用该参数集3,对终端拍照时捕捉到的画面,进行图像处理,从而得到智能拍照的照片。After calculating the fusion feature tag score corresponding to each fusion feature tag, the terminal may use the PQ effect parameter set corresponding to the fusion feature tag with the highest fusion feature tag score (that is, the smart camera tag) to capture the Image processing, to get smart photos. Exemplarily, the fusion feature tag with the highest fusion feature tag score (that is, the smart camera tag) can be "small fresh", and the PQ effect parameter set corresponding to the smart camera tag "small fresh" is parameter set 3, that is, the terminal can use This parameter set 3 performs image processing on the screen captured when the terminal takes a picture, so as to obtain an intelligently taken picture.
通过本申请实施例提供的智能拍照方法,终端可以采集用户的数据,提取出用户的特征标签,根据特征标签辅助用户拍摄出符合用户特征的拍照效果,实现了为用户提供符合用户个性的拍照效果,提高了用户的体验。Through the intelligent photographing method provided by the embodiment of the present application, the terminal can collect user data, extract the user's characteristic tags, and assist the user to take a photographing effect that matches the user's characteristics according to the feature tag, thereby realizing a photo effect that matches the user's personality To improve the user experience.
请参见图13,图13为本申请实施例中智能拍照系统中的数据存储模块构建的用户数据库1300。如图13所示,该用户数据库1300可以包括终端采集到的用户数据、对采集到的用户数据进行预处理之后的有效数据、以及用户的特征标签对应的特征值数据。Please refer to FIG. 13, which is a user database 1300 constructed by the data storage module in the smart camera system in the embodiment of the present application. As shown in FIG. 13, the user database 1300 may include user data collected by the terminal, valid data after preprocessing the collected user data, and feature value data corresponding to the user's feature tags.
其中,该用户数据可以包括通用数据、拍照相关数据。The user data may include general data and photograph-related data.
该有效数据可以包括:拍摄参数(例如拍摄参数集1、拍摄参数集2、拍摄参数集3等)、PQ效果参数(例如PQ效果参数集1、PQ效果参数集2、PQ效果参数集3等)、通用有效数据(例如数据1、数据2、数据3等)。The valid data may include: shooting parameters (such as shooting parameter set 1, shooting parameter set 2, shooting parameter set 3, etc.), PQ effect parameters (such as PQ effect parameter set 1, PQ effect parameter set 2, PQ effect parameter set 3, etc. ), General valid data (such as data 1, data 2, data 3, etc.).
该特征值数据可以包括:通用特征值(例如通用特征ID1、通用特征ID2、通用特征ID3等)、拍摄相关特征值(例如拍摄相关特征ID1、拍摄相关特征ID2、拍摄相关特征ID3等)、融合特征值(例如融合特征ID1、融合特征ID2、融合特征ID3等)。其中,通用特征值用于指示用户的通用特征标签,每一个通用特征值对应一个通用特征标签。拍摄相关特征值用于指示用户的拍摄特征标签,每一个通用特征值对应一个通用特征标签。融合特征值用于指示用户的融合特征标签,其中,每一个融合特征值对应一个融合特征标签。The feature value data may include: general feature values (such as general feature ID1, general feature ID2, general feature ID3, etc.), shooting related feature values (such as shooting related feature ID1, shooting related feature ID2, shooting related feature ID3, etc.), fusion Feature values (for example, fusion feature ID1, fusion feature ID2, fusion feature ID3, etc.). Among them, the common feature value is used to indicate the common feature label of the user, and each common feature value corresponds to a common feature label. The shooting related feature value is used to indicate the shooting feature label of the user, and each common feature value corresponds to one common feature label. The fusion feature value is used to indicate the user's fusion feature label, where each fusion feature value corresponds to a fusion feature label.
本申请实施例中,该用户数据库1300仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定,具体实现中,该用户数据库1300可以包括更多信息,例如,融合特征标签对应的PQ效果参数集等。In the embodiment of the present application, the user database 1300 is only used to explain the present application, and should not constitute a limitation. In a specific implementation, the user database 1300 may include more information, for example, a PQ effect parameter set corresponding to the fusion feature label.
请参见图14,图14为本申请提供的一种智能拍照方法的流程示意图。其中,如图14所示,该智能拍照方法包括:Please refer to FIG. 14, which is a schematic flowchart of an intelligent photographing method provided by the present application. Among them, as shown in FIG. 14, the intelligent photographing method includes:
S1401、终端提取用户的通用数据中的一个或多个第一标签;所述通用数据用于表征所述用户的身份特征。S1401: The terminal extracts one or more first tags in the user's general data; the general data is used to characterize the identity characteristics of the user.
其中,用户的通用数据可以包括用户的个人基础信息、行为习惯、兴趣爱好等。其中,个人基础信息可以包括性别、出生年份、常住地等。行为习惯可以包括用户的最常用APP、使用时间最多的APP、插耳机后使用的APP、常去地点、睡觉时间、起床时间等。兴趣爱好可以包括阅读偏好、上网浏览习惯等。终端采集用户数据的流程可以参考前述实施例,在此不再赘述。Among them, the user's general data may include the user's personal basic information, behavior habits, hobbies, etc. Among them, personal basic information may include gender, year of birth, place of usual residence, etc. Behavioral habits can include the user's most commonly used APP, the most used APP, the APP used after plugging in headphones, frequent places, bedtime, wake-up time, etc. Hobbies can include reading preferences, Internet browsing habits, etc. For the process of collecting user data by the terminal, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiment, and details are not described herein again.
示例性的,终端提取到的一个或多个第一标签可以为上述实施例中的该用户的通用特征标签,例如上述表12中的该用户的通用特征标签,该用户的通用特征标签为女性、年轻人、音乐、购物、旅游、社交。终端提取用户的通用数据中的一个或多个第一标签的过程,可以参考上述图9所示实施例中的通用数据特征提取流程,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, the one or more first tags extracted by the terminal may be the general feature tag of the user in the foregoing embodiment, for example, the general feature tag of the user in Table 12 above, the general feature tag of the user is female , Young people, music, shopping, travel, socializing. For the process of extracting one or more first tags in the user's general data by the terminal, reference may be made to the general data feature extraction process in the embodiment shown in FIG. 9 above, and details are not described herein again.
S1402、所述终端提取所述用户的拍摄相关数据中的一个或多个第二标签;所述拍摄相关数据用于表征所述用户的拍摄喜好。S1402. The terminal extracts one or more second tags in the user's shooting related data; the shooting related data is used to characterize the user's shooting preferences.
其中,用户的拍摄相关数据可以包括用户的拍摄喜好、浏览图片习惯等。其中,用户 的拍摄喜好包括拍摄参数、拍摄模式、拍摄内容等。浏览图片习惯包括分享的图片、删除的图片、收藏的图片、编辑的图片等。Wherein, the user's shooting related data may include the user's shooting preferences, browsing picture habits, and so on. Among them, the user's shooting preferences include shooting parameters, shooting modes, shooting content and so on. Picture browsing habits include shared pictures, deleted pictures, favorite pictures, edited pictures, etc.
示例性的,拍摄参数可以包括白平衡、ISO、曝光补偿、快门速度、对焦模式、测光模式、亮度、饱和度、对比度、锐度等。拍摄模式可以包括普通拍照、大光圈、人像模式、美食模式、黑白相机、专业拍照、3D动态全景、HDR拍照等。示例仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。Exemplarily, the shooting parameters may include white balance, ISO, exposure compensation, shutter speed, focus mode, metering mode, brightness, saturation, contrast, sharpness, and the like. Shooting modes can include ordinary photography, large aperture, portrait mode, gourmet mode, black and white camera, professional photography, 3D dynamic panorama, HDR photography, etc. The examples are only for explaining this application and should not be construed as limitations.
示例性的,终端提取到的一个或多个第二标签可以为上述实施例中该用户的拍摄特征标签。例如,该一个或多个第二标签可以为上述表15中所示的该用户的拍摄特征标签,该用户的拍摄特征标签为弱美颜、小清新、日系。示例仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。Exemplarily, the one or more second tags extracted by the terminal may be shooting feature tags of the user in the foregoing embodiment. For example, the one or more second tags may be the shooting feature tags of the user shown in Table 15 above, and the shooting feature tags of the user are weak beauty, small freshness, and Japanese. The examples are only for explaining this application and should not be construed as limitations.
其中,终端提取所述用户的拍摄相关数据中的一个或多个第二标签,可以参考前述图10所示实施例中的拍摄相关数据特征提取流程,在此不再赘述。Wherein the terminal extracts one or more second tags in the shooting related data of the user, reference may be made to the shooting feature extraction process of the shooting related data in the embodiment shown in FIG. 10, which will not be repeated here.
S1403、终端根据该一个或多个第一标签、该一个或多个第二标签,确定出第三标签。S1403. The terminal determines a third label according to the one or more first labels and the one or more second labels.
其中,该第三标签可以是前述实施例中的智能拍照标签,例如,如图12中的智能拍照标签:小清新。终端根据该一个或多个第一标签、该一个或多个第二标签,确定出第三标签的过程可以参考前述图11、图12所示的特征标签融合流程,在此不再赘述。The third tag may be the smart camera tag in the foregoing embodiment, for example, the smart camera tag in FIG. 12: small and fresh. The process for the terminal to determine the third label according to the one or more first labels and the one or more second labels may refer to the aforementioned feature label fusion process shown in FIG. 11 and FIG. 12, which will not be repeated here.
S1404、终端根据第三标签对应的图像质量效果参数集,调节终端拍摄到图像的图像质量。S1404. The terminal adjusts the image quality of the image captured by the terminal according to the image quality effect parameter set corresponding to the third label.
其中,该图像质量(picture quality,PQ)效果参数集可以用于终端对拍摄到图像进行图像质量效果调节,例如,对比度调整、亮度调整、色彩饱和度调整、色调调整、清晰度调整(如数字降噪(digital noise reduction,DNR)调整)、彩色边缘增强(chroma TI,CTI)调整等图像质量调整。The picture quality (PQ) effect parameter set can be used by the terminal to adjust the image quality effect of the captured image, for example, contrast adjustment, brightness adjustment, color saturation adjustment, hue adjustment, sharpness adjustment (such as digital Image quality adjustments such as digital noise reduction (DNR adjustment), color edge enhancement (chroma TI, CTI) adjustment, etc.
示例性的,第三标签可以是如图12所示实施例中的智能拍照标签:小清新,第三标签对应的图像质量效果参数集可以是如图12中所述实施例中的参数集3。具体内容可以参考前述图12实施例中的内容,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, the third label may be the smart camera label in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12: Small and fresh, and the image quality effect parameter set corresponding to the third label may be parameter set 3 in the embodiment described in FIG. 12 . For specific content, reference may be made to the content in the foregoing embodiment of FIG. 12, and details are not described herein again.
在一种可能的情况下,该终端提取出该通用数据中的一个或多个第一标签,可具体包括:该终端根据第一映射关系,提取出该通用数据对应的一个或多个第一标签;其中,该第一映射关系包括多组通用数据与多个第一标签的映射。In a possible situation, the terminal extracting one or more first tags in the general data may specifically include: the terminal extracts one or more first tags corresponding to the general data according to the first mapping relationship Label; wherein, the first mapping relationship includes mapping of multiple sets of common data with multiple first labels.
示例性的,该第一映射关系可以为前述实施例中表11所示的预先训练的通用特征标签库,通过该预先训练的通用特征标签库,即可提取出该通用数据中的一个或多个第一标签(例如,女性、年轻人、音乐、购物、旅游、社交)。上述示例仅仅用于解释本申请,不应构成限定。这样,终端可以将通用数据与第一映射关系进行匹配,以得到用户的通用特征标签,即第一标签,这样,终端可以快速的提取出用户的通用特征标签。Exemplarily, the first mapping relationship may be the pre-trained general feature label library shown in Table 11 in the foregoing embodiment, and one or more of the general data can be extracted through the pre-trained general feature label library First label (eg, female, young, music, shopping, travel, social). The above examples are only used to explain this application and should not be construed as limitations. In this way, the terminal can match the general data with the first mapping relationship to obtain the user's general feature label, that is, the first label, so that the terminal can quickly extract the user's general feature label.
在一种可能的情况下,终端提取出该拍摄相关数据中的一个或多个第一标签,可以具体包括:首先,终端从该拍摄相关数据中,提取出一个或多个第一拍摄相关参数集。然后,终端将该一个或多个第一拍摄相关参数集输入第一神经网络模型,以得到该一个或多个第一分值向量集;其中,该第一分值向量集包括多个第四标签各自的第一分值,该第一分值用于表征该第一拍摄相关参数集与第四标签的匹配度。接着,终端根据该一个或多个第一拍摄相关参数集各自对应的第一分值向量集,从该多个第四标签中确定出该一个或多个第 二标签。In a possible case, the terminal extracts one or more first tags in the shooting related data, which may specifically include: First, the terminal extracts one or more first shooting related parameters from the shooting related data set. Then, the terminal inputs the one or more first shooting-related parameter sets into the first neural network model to obtain the one or more first score vector sets; wherein the first score vector set includes multiple fourth The first score of each tag. The first score is used to characterize the degree of matching between the first shooting-related parameter set and the fourth tag. Next, the terminal determines the one or more second tags from the plurality of fourth tags according to the first score vector set corresponding to each of the one or more first shooting related parameter sets.
示例性的,该第一神经网络模型可以选取卷积神经网络(convolutional neural network,CNN)。第一拍摄相关参数集包括该拍摄相关数据的拍摄参数参数集{a1,a2,a3,……}和PQ效果参数集{b1,b2,b3,……}。其中,该多个第四标签可以为包括上述表14所述示例中的拍摄特征标签(例如,强美颜、弱美颜、小清新、日系、欧美风、小清新+弱美颜),该第一分值向量集可以参考上述表14所述示例中的拍摄特征标签分值向量集S。具体内容可以参考前述图10所述示例,在此不再赘述。也即是说,终端可以利用神经网络模型,提取出该拍摄相关数据中的特征标签,这样,终端可以利用神经网络模型的自学习能力,提高终端提取出该拍摄相关数据中特征标签的准确性。Exemplarily, the first neural network model may be a convolutional neural network (CNN). The first shooting related parameter set includes a shooting parameter set {a1, a2, a3, ...} of the shooting related data and a PQ effect parameter set {b1, b2, b3, ...}. Wherein, the plurality of fourth tags may include shooting feature tags in the example described in Table 14 (for example, strong beauty, weak beauty, small freshness, Japanese, European and American style, small freshness + weak beauty), the For the first score vector set, reference may be made to the shooting feature tag score vector set S in the example described in Table 14 above. For specific content, reference may be made to the example described in FIG. 10, and details are not described herein again. That is to say, the terminal can use the neural network model to extract the feature labels in the shooting related data, so that the terminal can use the self-learning ability of the neural network model to improve the accuracy of the terminal to extract the feature labels in the shooting related data .
在一种可能的情况下,所述一个或多个第二标签包括所述一个或多个第一拍摄相关参数集各自对应的第一分值向量集中,所述第一分值大于第一阈值的一个或多个第四标签。In a possible case, the one or more second tags include a first set of score vectors corresponding to each of the one or more sets of first shooting-related parameters, and the first score is greater than a first threshold One or more fourth labels.
示例性的,第一阈值可以为0.7,结合上述表14,可以得出该用户的拍摄特征标签可以包括“小清新”。具体内容可以参考前述表14、表15所示实施例,在此不再赘述。Exemplarily, the first threshold may be 0.7. With reference to the above Table 14, it can be concluded that the user's shooting feature label may include "small freshness". For specific contents, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiments shown in Table 14 and Table 15, and details are not described herein again.
在一种可能的情况下,该一个或多个第二标签包括每一个该第一拍摄相关参数集对应的第一分值向量集中,该第一分值最高的一个或多个第四标签。In a possible case, the one or more second tags include a first set of score vectors corresponding to each of the first shooting-related parameter sets, and one or more fourth tags with the highest first score.
示例性的,该一个或多个第二标签可以参考前述表15所示的用户的拍摄特征标签(例如,弱美颜、小清新、日系)。具体内容可以参考前述表14、表15所示实施例,在此不再赘述。也即是说,终端可以将第四分值大于第一阈值的一个或多个第四标签,确定为上述一个或多个第二标签,由于第一分值的大小用于表示该用户与第四标签的匹配程度,第一分值越大,该用户的拍摄相关数据与第四标签的匹配程度越高,这样,终端可以提取出符合用户拍摄相关数据特征的一个或多个第二标签。Exemplarily, for the one or more second tags, reference may be made to the user's shooting feature tags shown in Table 15 (for example, weak beauty, small freshness, Japanese). For specific contents, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiments shown in Table 14 and Table 15, and details are not described herein again. That is to say, the terminal may determine one or more fourth tags with a fourth score greater than the first threshold as one or more second tags, because the size of the first score is used to indicate that the user and the second tag The matching degree of the four tags, the larger the first score, the higher the matching degree of the user's shooting related data and the fourth tag, so that the terminal can extract one or more second tags that match the characteristics of the user's shooting related data.
在一种可能的情况下,在该终端将所述一个或多个第一拍摄相关参数集输入第一神经网络模型之前,该终端可以获取样本数据;该样本数据包括多组第一训练集,其中,每组第一训练集包括一组第二拍摄相关参数集和一组第二分值向量集。该终端根据该样本数据,通过深度学习算法训练出该第一神经网络模型。In a possible situation, before the terminal inputs the one or more first shooting-related parameter sets into the first neural network model, the terminal may obtain sample data; the sample data includes multiple sets of first training sets, Wherein, each set of first training set includes a set of second shooting related parameter set and a set of second score vector set. The terminal trains the first neural network model through a deep learning algorithm based on the sample data.
示例性的,第一训练集可以为前述图10所示实施例中的训练参集合Q{P→S},其中,P包括拍摄参数集和PQ效果参数集,S为拍摄特征标签(例如强美颜、弱美颜、小清新、日系等)的分值。该第二拍摄相关参数集可以包括该拍摄参数和PQ效果参数。该第二分值向量集可以包括拍摄特征标签例如强美颜、弱美颜、小清新、日系等)的分值。具体内容可以参考前述图10所示实施例,在此不再赘述。也即是说,终端提取出用户的各第一分值向量集中第一分值最高的一个或多个第四标签,确定上述一个或第二个标签,这样,终端可以提高提取出用户的一个或多个第二标签的准确性。Exemplarily, the first training set may be the training parameter set Q {P → S} in the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 10, where P includes a shooting parameter set and a PQ effect parameter set, and S is a shooting feature label (such as strong Beauty, weak beauty, small freshness, Japanese, etc.). The second shooting related parameter set may include the shooting parameters and the PQ effect parameters. The second set of score vectors may include scores of shooting feature labels (such as strong beauty, weak beauty, small freshness, Japanese, etc.). For specific content, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 10, and details are not described herein again. That is to say, the terminal extracts one or more fourth labels with the highest first score in each first score vector set of the user, and determines one or the second label above, so that the terminal can improve the extraction of a user Or the accuracy of multiple second labels.
在一种可能的情况下,该终端显示出第一界面,该第一界面包括多张样本图片。其中,每一张该样本图片对应有一组该第二拍摄相关参数集和一组该第二分值向量集;该第二拍摄相关参数集用于表征该样本图片的图像质量,该第二分组向量集包括该样本图片对应的该多个第四标签各自的第一分值。该终端接收该用户从该多张样本图片中选取一张或多张训练图片的第一输入操作。响应于该第一输入操作,该终端可以将该一张或多张训练图片对应的该第二拍摄相关参数集和该第二分值向量集,确定为该样本数据。In a possible case, the terminal displays a first interface, and the first interface includes multiple sample pictures. Each sample picture corresponds to a set of the second shooting related parameter set and a set of the second score vector set; the second shooting related parameter set is used to characterize the image quality of the sample picture, the second grouping The vector set includes the first score of each of the plurality of fourth tags corresponding to the sample picture. The terminal receives the user's first input operation of selecting one or more training pictures from the plurality of sample pictures. In response to the first input operation, the terminal may determine the second shooting-related parameter set and the second score vector set corresponding to the one or more training pictures as the sample data.
示例性的,第一界面可以是图4中4d所示的用户喜好调查界面440或图5中5b所示的用户喜好调查界面530。其中,样本图片可以是用户喜好调查界面440或用户喜好调查界面530中的图片a、图片b、图片c、图片d等。第一输入操作可以是图4中4d所示的输入操作442或图5中5b所示的输入操作532。具体内容可以参考前述图4或图5实施例,在此不再赘述。也即是说,终端可以通过用户的预选选择的样本图片对应的样本数据对第一神经网络模型进行训练,这样,终端可以提取出符合用户个性化拍摄喜好的一个或多个第二特征标签。Exemplarily, the first interface may be the user preference survey interface 440 shown in 4d in FIG. 4 or the user preference survey interface 530 shown in 5b in FIG. 5. The sample picture may be picture a, picture b, picture c, picture d, etc. in the user preference survey interface 440 or the user preference survey interface 530. The first input operation may be the input operation 442 shown in 4d in FIG. 4 or the input operation 532 shown in 5b in FIG. For specific content, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiments of FIG. 4 or FIG. 5, and details are not described herein again. That is to say, the terminal can train the first neural network model through the sample data corresponding to the sample image preselected by the user, so that the terminal can extract one or more second feature tags that meet the user's personalized shooting preferences.
在一种可能的情况下,该终端可以判断该样本图片的数量是否小于训练数量,若是,则该终端从预存的训练集数据库中,取出一组或多组由该第二拍摄相关参数集和第二分值向量集作为该样本数据。具体内容可以参考前述图10中10b所示实施例,在此不再赘述。也即是说,终端可以在用户选取的样本图片数量不足时,利用预先存储的训练集对第一神经网络进行训练,减少了用户的输入操作,提高了用户体验。In a possible case, the terminal can determine whether the number of sample pictures is less than the number of trainings. If so, the terminal takes one or more sets of the second shooting-related parameter set from the pre-stored training set database and The second set of score vectors is used as the sample data. For specific content, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiment shown in 10b in FIG. 10, and details are not described herein again. That is to say, the terminal can use the pre-stored training set to train the first neural network when the number of sample images selected by the user is insufficient, which reduces the user's input operation and improves the user experience.
在一种可能的情况下,每个第一标签与每个第二标签共同对应有关联分值;该关联分值的大小用于表征该第一标签与该第二标签之间关联程度的高低。该终端可以根据该一个或多个第一标签、该一个或多个第二标签,确定出该每个第二标签的总关联分值
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000014
其中,该T i为该一个或多个第二标签中的第i个第二标签的该总关联分值,该L 1为该一个或多个第一标签的权重,该L 2为该一个或多个第二标签的权重,该W k为该一个或多个第一标签中的第k个第一标签与该第i个第二标签共同对应的该关联分值,该R为该一个或多个第一标签的数量。该终端根据该每个第二标签的总关联分值,确定出该第三标签,其中,该第三标签为该一个或多个第二标签中的该总关联分值最高的一个。
In a possible situation, each first label and each second label jointly have an associated score; the size of the associated score is used to characterize the degree of association between the first label and the second label . The terminal may determine the total association score of each second label according to the one or more first labels and the one or more second labels
Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-000014
Where T i is the total relevance score of the i-th second label among the one or more second labels, L 1 is the weight of the one or more first labels, and L 2 is the one The weight of the second label or multiple labels, where W k is the association score corresponding to the k-th first label and the i-th second label of the one or more first labels, and R is the one Or the number of multiple first labels. The terminal determines the third label according to the total association score of each second label, where the third label is the one with the highest total association score among the one or more second labels.
示例性的,该关联分值可以是前述图11所示实施例中的通用特征标签与拍摄特征标签对应的分值(例如,上述图11所示实施例中的x1、x2、x3、x4、x5、x6;y1、y2、y3、y4、y5、y6;z1、z2、z3、z4、z5、z6),可以参考上述表16所示实施例。该第三标签可以是前述图11所述实施例中的智能拍照标签。该每个第二标签的总关联分值可以参考前述图11所示实施例中的融合特征标签分值T1、T2、T3。具体内容可以参考前述图11所示实施例,在此不再赘述。也即是说,终端可以给用户的第一标签和第二标签设置权值,以及给每个第一标签与每个第二标签设置对应的关联程度值。这样,终端可以使终端推荐给用户的图像质量调节参数,更符合用户的个性化喜好,提高用户体验。Exemplarily, the association score may be the score corresponding to the general feature tag and the shooting feature tag in the embodiment shown in FIG. 11 (for example, x1, x2, x3, x4, x5, x6; y1, y2, y3, y4, y5, y6; z1, z2, z3, z4, z5, z6), refer to the embodiment shown in Table 16 above. The third tag may be the smart camera tag in the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 11. For the total association score of each second label, reference may be made to the fusion feature label scores T1, T2, and T3 in the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 11. For specific content, reference may be made to the foregoing embodiment shown in FIG. 11, and details are not described herein again. That is to say, the terminal may set the weight value for the first label and the second label of the user, and set the corresponding degree of association value for each first label and each second label. In this way, the terminal can make the image quality adjustment parameters recommended by the terminal to the user more in line with the user's personalized preferences and improve the user experience.
通过本申请实施例,终端可以采集用户的数据,提取出表示用户身份特征的第一标签,提取表示用户的拍摄喜好的第二标签,根据第一标签和第二标签,融合出用户的第三标签,即,第三标签融合了用户的身份特征和用户的拍摄喜好。接着,终端利用第三标签对应的图像质量效果参数集,辅助用户拍摄出符合用户特征的拍照效果,实现了为用户提供符合用户个性的拍照效果,提高了用户的体验。Through the embodiment of the present application, the terminal can collect user data, extract a first tag representing the user's identity characteristics, extract a second tag representing the user's shooting preferences, and merge the user's third according to the first tag and the second tag The label, that is, the third label combines the user's identity characteristics and the user's shooting preferences. Next, the terminal uses the image quality effect parameter set corresponding to the third label to assist the user to take a photographing effect that matches the user's characteristics, to provide the user with a photographing effect that matches the user's personality, and to improve the user experience.
以上所述,以上实施例仅用以说明本申请的技术方案,而非对其限制;尽管参照前述实施例对本申请进行了详细的说明,本领域的普通技术人员应当理解:其依然可以对前述各实施例所记载的技术方案进行修改,或者对其中部分技术特征进行等同替换;而这些修改或者替换,并不使相应技术方案的本质脱离本申请各实施例技术方案的范围。As mentioned above, the above embodiments are only used to illustrate the technical solutions of the present application, not to limit them; although the present application has been described in detail with reference to the foregoing embodiments, persons of ordinary skill in the art should understand that they can still The technical solutions described in the embodiments are modified, or some of the technical features are equivalently replaced; and these modifications or replacements do not deviate from the scope of the technical solutions of the embodiments of the present application.

Claims (12)

  1. 一种智能拍照方法,其特征在于,包括:An intelligent photographing method, characterized in that it includes:
    终端提取用户的通用数据中的一个或多个第一标签;所述通用数据用于表征所述用户的身份特征;The terminal extracts one or more first tags in the user's general data; the general data is used to characterize the identity of the user;
    所述终端提取所述用户的拍摄相关数据中的一个或多个第二标签;所述拍摄相关数据用于表征所述用户的拍摄喜好;The terminal extracts one or more second tags in the user's shooting related data; the shooting related data is used to characterize the user's shooting preferences;
    所述终端根据所述一个或多个第一标签、所述一个或多个第二标签,确定出第三标签;The terminal determines a third label according to the one or more first labels and the one or more second labels;
    所述终端根据所述第三标签对应的图像质量效果参数集,调节所述终端拍摄到图像的图像质量。The terminal adjusts the image quality of the image captured by the terminal according to the image quality effect parameter set corresponding to the third label.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述方法,其特征在于,所述终端提取出所述通用数据中的一个或多个第一标签,具体包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the terminal extracts one or more first tags in the general data, specifically including:
    所述终端根据第一映射关系,提取出所述通用数据对应的一个或多个第一标签;其中,所述第一映射关系包括多组通用数据与多个第一标签的映射。The terminal extracts one or more first tags corresponding to the general data according to the first mapping relationship; wherein the first mapping relationship includes mappings between multiple sets of general data and multiple first tags.
  3. 根据权利要求1所述方法,其特征在于,所述终端提取出所述用户的拍摄相关数据中的一个或多个第二标签,具体包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the terminal extracts one or more second tags in the user's shooting related data, specifically including:
    所述终端从所述拍摄相关数据中,提取出一个或多个第一拍摄相关参数集;The terminal extracts one or more first shooting related parameter sets from the shooting related data;
    所述终端将所述一个或多个第一拍摄相关参数集输入第一神经网络模型,以得到所述一个或多个第一分值向量集;其中,所述第一分值向量集包括多个第四标签各自的第一分值,所述第一分值用于表征所述第一拍摄相关参数集与所述第四标签的匹配度;The terminal inputs the one or more first shooting-related parameter sets into the first neural network model to obtain the one or more first score vector sets; wherein, the first score vector set includes multiple A first score for each of the fourth tags, and the first score is used to characterize the degree of matching between the first shooting-related parameter set and the fourth tag;
    所述终端根据所述一个或多个第一拍摄相关参数集各自对应的第一分值向量集,从所述多个第四标签中确定出所述一个或多个第二标签。The terminal determines the one or more second tags from the plurality of fourth tags according to the first score vector set corresponding to each of the one or more first shooting related parameter sets.
  4. 根据权利要求3所述方法,其特征在于,所述一个或多个第二标签包括所述一个或多个第一拍摄相关参数集各自对应的第一分值向量集中,所述第一分值大于第一阈值的一个或多个第四标签。The method according to claim 3, wherein the one or more second tags include a first set of score vectors corresponding to each of the one or more sets of first shooting related parameters, the first score One or more fourth tags that are greater than the first threshold.
  5. 根据权利要求3所述方法,其特征在于,所述一个或多个第二标签包括每一个所述第一拍摄相关参数集对应的第一分值向量集中,所述第一分值最高的一个或多个第四标签。The method according to claim 3, wherein the one or more second tags include a first set of score vectors corresponding to each of the first shooting-related parameter sets, the one with the highest first score Or multiple fourth labels.
  6. 根据权利要求3所述方法,其特征在于,在所述终端将所述一个或多个第一拍摄相关参数集输入第一神经网络模型之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 3, wherein before the terminal inputs the one or more first shooting related parameter sets into the first neural network model, the method further comprises:
    所述终端获取样本数据;所述样本数据包括多组第一训练集,其中,每组第一训练集包括一组第二拍摄相关参数集和一组第二分值向量集;The terminal acquires sample data; the sample data includes multiple sets of first training sets, where each set of first training sets includes a set of second shooting-related parameter sets and a set of second score vector sets;
    所述终端根据所述样本数据,通过深度学习算法训练出所述第一神经网络模型。Based on the sample data, the terminal trains the first neural network model through a deep learning algorithm.
  7. 根据权利要求6所述方法,其特征在于,所述终端获取样本数据,具体包括:The method according to claim 6, wherein the terminal acquiring the sample data specifically includes:
    所述终端显示出第一界面,所述第一界面包括多张样本图片;The terminal displays a first interface, and the first interface includes multiple sample pictures;
    其中,每一张所述样本图片对应有一组所述第二拍摄相关参数集和一组第二分值向量集;所述第二拍摄相关参数集用于表征所述样本图片的图像质量,所述第二分组向量集包括所述样本图片对应的所述多个第四标签各自的所述第一分值;Each sample picture corresponds to a set of the second shooting related parameter set and a set of second score vector set; the second shooting related parameter set is used to characterize the image quality of the sample picture, so The second grouping vector set includes the first score of each of the plurality of fourth tags corresponding to the sample picture;
    所述终端接收所述用户从所述多张样本图片中选取一张或多张训练图片的第一输入操作;The terminal receives the first input operation of the user selecting one or more training pictures from the plurality of sample pictures;
    响应于所述第一输入操作,所述终端将所述一张或多张训练图片对应的所述第一拍摄相关参数集和所述第二分值向量集,确定为所述样本数据。In response to the first input operation, the terminal determines the first shooting-related parameter set and the second score vector set corresponding to the one or more training pictures as the sample data.
  8. 根据权利要求7所述方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 7, wherein the method further comprises:
    所述终端判断所述样本图片的数量是否小于训练数量,若是,则所述终端从预存的训练集数据库中,取出一组或多组所述第一训练集作为所述样本数据。The terminal determines whether the number of the sample pictures is less than the number of trainings. If yes, the terminal takes one or more sets of the first training set from the pre-stored training set database as the sample data.
  9. 根据权利要求1所述方法,其特征在于,每个所述第一标签与每个所述第二标签共同对应有关联分值;所述关联分值的大小用于表征所述第一标签与所述第二标签之间关联程度的高低;The method according to claim 1, wherein each of the first tags and each of the second tags corresponds to an associated score; the size of the associated score is used to characterize the first tag and The degree of association between the second tags;
    所述终端根据所述一个或多个第一标签、所述一个或多个第二标签,确定出第三标签,具体包括:The terminal determines a third label according to the one or more first labels and the one or more second labels, which specifically includes:
    所述终端根据所述一个或多个第一标签、所述一个或多个第二标签,确定出所述每个第二标签的总关联分值
    Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-100001
    其中,所述T i为所述一个或多个第二标签中的第i个第二标签的所述总关联分值,所述L 1为所述一个或多个第一标签的权重,所述L 2为所述一个或多个第二标签的权重,所述W k为所述一个或多个第一标签中的第k个第一标签与所述第i个第二标签共同对应的所述关联分值,所述R为所述一个或多个第一标签的数量;
    The terminal determines the total association score of each second label according to the one or more first labels and the one or more second labels
    Figure PCTCN2018110247-appb-100001
    Where T i is the total relevance score of the i-th second label among the one or more second labels, and L 1 is the weight of the one or more first labels, so The L 2 is the weight of the one or more second labels, and the W k is the common correspondence between the k-th first label and the i-th second label of the one or more first labels The correlation score, the R is the number of the one or more first tags;
    所述终端根据所述每个第二标签的总关联分值,确定出所述第三标签,其中,所述第三标签为所述一个或多个第二标签中的所述总关联分值最高的一个。The terminal determines the third label according to the total association score of each second label, wherein the third label is the total association score of the one or more second labels The highest one.
  10. 一种终端,其特征在于,包括:一个或多个处理器、一个或多个存储器;所述一个或多个存储器与所述一个或多个处理器耦合,所述一个或多个存储器用于存储计算机程序代码,所述计算机程序代码包括计算机指令,当所述一个或多个而处理器执行所述计算机指令时,所述终端执行如权利要求1-9任一项所述的智能拍照方法。A terminal is characterized by comprising: one or more processors and one or more memories; the one or more memories are coupled with the one or more processors, and the one or more memories are used for Store computer program code, the computer program code includes computer instructions, and when the one or more processors execute the computer instructions, the terminal executes the smart photographing method according to any one of claims 1-9 .
  11. 一种计算机存储介质,其特征在于,包括计算机指令,当所述计算机指令在终端上运行时,使得所述终端执行如权利要求1-9任一项所述的智能拍照方法。A computer storage medium, characterized by including computer instructions, when the computer instructions run on a terminal, causing the terminal to execute the intelligent photographing method according to any one of claims 1-9.
  12. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,当所述计算机程序产品在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1-9任一项所述的智能拍照方法。A computer program product, characterized in that, when the computer program product runs on a computer, the computer is caused to execute the intelligent photographing method according to any one of claims 1-9.
PCT/CN2018/110247 2018-10-15 2018-10-15 Intelligent photographing method and system, and related device WO2020077494A1 (en)

Priority Applications (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2018/110247 WO2020077494A1 (en) 2018-10-15 2018-10-15 Intelligent photographing method and system, and related device
EP18937192.5A EP3846439A4 (en) 2018-10-15 2018-10-15 Intelligent photographing method and system, and related device
US17/284,906 US11470246B2 (en) 2018-10-15 2018-10-15 Intelligent photographing method and system, and related apparatus
CN201880098623.3A CN112840635A (en) 2018-10-15 2018-10-15 Intelligent photographing method, system and related device

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
PCT/CN2018/110247 WO2020077494A1 (en) 2018-10-15 2018-10-15 Intelligent photographing method and system, and related device

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2020077494A1 true WO2020077494A1 (en) 2020-04-23

Family

ID=70283371

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2018/110247 WO2020077494A1 (en) 2018-10-15 2018-10-15 Intelligent photographing method and system, and related device

Country Status (4)

Country Link
US (1) US11470246B2 (en)
EP (1) EP3846439A4 (en)
CN (1) CN112840635A (en)
WO (1) WO2020077494A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN113824883A (en) * 2021-09-30 2021-12-21 联想(北京)有限公司 Information processing method and electronic equipment
CN115083390A (en) * 2021-03-10 2022-09-20 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Sound source distance sorting method and related product
WO2022212577A1 (en) * 2021-03-30 2022-10-06 Snap Inc. Inclusive camera

Families Citing this family (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US11699213B2 (en) * 2018-10-23 2023-07-11 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Image-capturing device and method for controlling same
WO2020189510A1 (en) * 2019-03-15 2020-09-24 キヤノン株式会社 Image processing device, image processing method, computer program, and storage medium
US11556801B2 (en) * 2019-08-19 2023-01-17 Via Technologies, Inc. Neural network image identification system, neural network building system and method

Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1517915A (en) * 2003-01-15 2004-08-04 ���µ�����ҵ��ʽ���� Information processing system for displaying image at information terminal
US20080180543A1 (en) * 2007-01-30 2008-07-31 Satoshi Okamoto Image taking device and control method for image taking
CN103841329A (en) * 2014-02-28 2014-06-04 广州视源电子科技股份有限公司 System for adjusting imaging effect of camera
KR101405091B1 (en) * 2012-12-04 2014-06-10 주식회사 아싸 Personal video manufacturing system
CN105955708A (en) * 2016-05-09 2016-09-21 西安北升信息科技有限公司 Sports video lens classification method based on deep convolutional neural networks
CN106155592A (en) * 2016-07-26 2016-11-23 深圳天珑无线科技有限公司 A kind of photo processing method and terminal
CN107332981A (en) * 2017-06-14 2017-11-07 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 Image processing method and related product

Family Cites Families (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN103338329B (en) 2013-05-31 2017-04-19 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 Method and device for photograph shooting
KR102133529B1 (en) * 2013-07-16 2020-07-13 삼성전자주식회사 Method of arranging image filter, Computer readable storage medium of recording the method and a digital photographing apparatus
KR20160051390A (en) 2014-11-03 2016-05-11 삼성전자주식회사 Electronic device and method for providing filter n electronic device
JP6543986B2 (en) * 2015-03-25 2019-07-17 日本電気株式会社 INFORMATION PROCESSING APPARATUS, INFORMATION PROCESSING METHOD, AND PROGRAM
CN104980662B (en) 2015-07-21 2018-02-06 小米科技有限责任公司 The method, apparatus and camera device as style are adjusted to during taking pictures
US10321051B2 (en) * 2016-08-02 2019-06-11 International Business Machines Corporation Intelligent image enhancement
CN107730442A (en) 2017-10-16 2018-02-23 郑州云海信息技术有限公司 A kind of face U.S. face method and device
CN107862654A (en) * 2017-11-30 2018-03-30 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 Image processing method, device, computer-readable recording medium and electronic equipment
CN108122029A (en) * 2017-12-29 2018-06-05 北京奇虎科技有限公司 A kind of recommendation method and device of camera special effect
CN108540722B (en) * 2018-04-17 2020-08-11 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Method and device for controlling camera to shoot and computer readable storage medium

Patent Citations (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN1517915A (en) * 2003-01-15 2004-08-04 ���µ�����ҵ��ʽ���� Information processing system for displaying image at information terminal
US20080180543A1 (en) * 2007-01-30 2008-07-31 Satoshi Okamoto Image taking device and control method for image taking
KR101405091B1 (en) * 2012-12-04 2014-06-10 주식회사 아싸 Personal video manufacturing system
CN103841329A (en) * 2014-02-28 2014-06-04 广州视源电子科技股份有限公司 System for adjusting imaging effect of camera
CN105955708A (en) * 2016-05-09 2016-09-21 西安北升信息科技有限公司 Sports video lens classification method based on deep convolutional neural networks
CN106155592A (en) * 2016-07-26 2016-11-23 深圳天珑无线科技有限公司 A kind of photo processing method and terminal
CN107332981A (en) * 2017-06-14 2017-11-07 广东欧珀移动通信有限公司 Image processing method and related product

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP3846439A4 *

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN115083390A (en) * 2021-03-10 2022-09-20 Oppo广东移动通信有限公司 Sound source distance sorting method and related product
WO2022212577A1 (en) * 2021-03-30 2022-10-06 Snap Inc. Inclusive camera
CN113824883A (en) * 2021-09-30 2021-12-21 联想(北京)有限公司 Information processing method and electronic equipment

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN112840635A (en) 2021-05-25
EP3846439A1 (en) 2021-07-07
US20210385370A1 (en) 2021-12-09
US11470246B2 (en) 2022-10-11
EP3846439A4 (en) 2021-09-15

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
WO2020168956A1 (en) Method for photographing the moon and electronic device
WO2020077494A1 (en) Intelligent photographing method and system, and related device
WO2020259452A1 (en) Full-screen display method for mobile terminal, and apparatus
WO2020211701A1 (en) Model training method, emotion recognition method, related apparatus and device
CN112887583B (en) Shooting method and electronic equipment
WO2020029306A1 (en) Image capture method and electronic device
WO2021013132A1 (en) Input method and electronic device
CN114153356A (en) Message processing method and electronic equipment
WO2021244457A1 (en) Video generation method and related apparatus
CN112580400B (en) Image optimization method and electronic equipment
WO2021078001A1 (en) Image enhancement method and apparatus
WO2022127787A1 (en) Image display method and electronic device
WO2022042766A1 (en) Information display method, terminal device, and computer readable storage medium
WO2020107463A1 (en) Electronic device control method and electronic device
CN113170037A (en) Method for shooting long exposure image and electronic equipment
WO2023273543A1 (en) Folder management method and apparatus
WO2022143921A1 (en) Image reconstruction method, and related apparatus and system
CN115115679A (en) Image registration method and related equipment
WO2021208677A1 (en) Eye bag detection method and device
CN112150499A (en) Image processing method and related device
WO2020192716A1 (en) System language switching method and related apparatus
US20230385345A1 (en) Content recommendation method, electronic device, and server
WO2021147483A1 (en) Data sharing method and apparatus
WO2023036084A1 (en) Image processing method and related apparatus
WO2024021691A1 (en) Display method and electronic device

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 18937192

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2018937192

Country of ref document: EP

Effective date: 20210330

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE